separated shear layers behind two ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 backward facing...

277
SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO-DIMENSIONAL SQUARE-EDGED BODIES by Boon Song: Cheun B.Sc„ Department of Civil Engineering, University of Surrey A Thesis submitted for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy of the University of Surrey October 1981

Upload: others

Post on 09-Aug-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO-DIMENSIONAL SQUARE-EDGED BODIES

byBoon Song: Cheun B.Sc„

Department of Civil Engineering, University of Surrey

A Thesis submitted for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy of the University of Surrey

October 1981

Page 2: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

ProQuest Number: 10798323

All rights reserved

INFORMATION TO ALL USERS The quality of this reproduction is dependent upon the quality of the copy submitted.

In the unlikely event that the author did not send a com p le te manuscript and there are missing pages, these will be noted. Also, if material had to be removed,

a note will indicate the deletion.

uestProQuest 10798323

Published by ProQuest LLC(2018). Copyright of the Dissertation is held by the Author.

All rights reserved.This work is protected against unauthorized copying under Title 17, United States C ode

Microform Edition © ProQuest LLC.

ProQuest LLC.789 East Eisenhower Parkway

P.O. Box 1346 Ann Arbor, Ml 48106- 1346

Page 3: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

SUMMARY

The thesis is concerned mainly with the experimental investigation of the near wake region of very simple two-dimensional square-edged bodies. Particular attention was given to the effect of upstream conditions upon the characteristics of the shear layer bounding the recirculating region, namely its thickness, its position and point-of reattachment, its growth rate and the stresses within it.

The first part deals with the very simple geometry of a backward facing step and examines the way in which the shear layer is affected by boundary layer thickness at the step edge. A thicker layer is associated with a shear layer that is thicker not only initially but throughout, al­though the peak stresses are rather lower.

The second part deals with the case of a two-dimensional square- edged block set on a baseboard in a boundary layer of thickness equal to several times the block height. With a sufficiently long block, flow reattaches on the top, whereas, with a shorter block, there is no top reattachment. The most attention was given to the case with no top re­attachment, streamwise length being equal to half the block height in this instance. It was found that, with a high turbulence intensity, such as is encountered in a ’rough* boundary layer, the position of the separated shear layer is much lower than in the case where upstream turbulence intensity is no more than a few percent, whether due to grid turbulence or the existence of a thick ’smooth* boundary layer. This in turn, affects other aspects of the situation, such as reattachment position and pressure distribution.

For both bodies, the shear layer can usefully be compared with that of an axisymmetrical jet. Observations on the jet provided a basis for this comparison, but, more, served for the development and calibration of the pulsed-wire anemometer as used in the slant position and for a com­parison with the conventional crossed-wire anemometer. This novel use of the instrument established its value for the measurement of shear stresses in highly turbulent zones.

Though the present study reveals a number of important features of the near wake region of the square-edged bodies studied, the complex flow phenomena near reattachment zone merit further study.

Page 4: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A number of people have provided considerable help, without whom the work described in this thesis would not have been made possible, and I would like to thank all those involved.

I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. W.D. Moss for his continual guidance and encouragement as supervisor of the research undertaken herein His constant encouragement has greatly increased my spirit during the course of the work. The encouragement and assistance given by Dr. L.J.S. Bradbury throughout the work have been greatly appreciated. Thanks are also due to Dr. I.P. Castro with whom I had many stimulating discussions concerning the work, and who has given much assistance in the use of the Pet micro-computer, and to Dr. N. Toy for his patient support in operating the HP21MX micro-computer, and for many stimulating discussions. I am obliged to Dr. S. Baker for providing part of his data for comparison with the present work.

The work owes a great deal to the technical expertise of Mr. R. Northam, particularly in the construction of the models, but, moreover, in his continuous assistance throughout the experimental work, and to Mr. T. Laws for his specialized skill with pulsed-wire probes.

I wish to thank the excellent job of Mrs. P. Mansell for typing this thesis.

Finally, I must express my particular thanks to my parents, brothers sisters, fiancee and old friends for their support, encouragement and patience during the period of mental strain associated with the work of this nature.

The financial support given by the British Council is acknowledged.

Page 5: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

TABLE OF CONTENTSPage No«

SUMMARY IACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ' IITABLE OF CONTENTS IIINOMENCLATURE VI

CHAPTER1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Preamble *1.2 Present Programme of Work ^

1.2.1 Backward Facing Step 21„202 Two-Dimensional Block 3

1 03 Organisation of Thesis 4

2 LITERATURE REVIEW 62.1 Introduction ®2.2 Backward Facing Step 6 .2.3 Flows around Two-Dimensional Blocks 16

2.3.1 Bodies in free stream 172.3.2 Surface mounted obstacles 19

2.4 Summary 24

3 EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES 293.1 Introduction 293.2 Wind Tunnel with Models 293.3 jet Rig 343.4 instrumentation 35

3.4.1 Hot-wire Anemometry 353.4.1.1 Calibration 363.4.1.2 Recording Instruments with

Hot-wire Anemometry 363.4.1.3 ‘Overflows* and 'Underflows* 393.4.1.4 Importance of correction for high

turbulence 39

Page 6: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES continued3 04.2 Pulsed-wire Anemometry

3.4.2.1 Interfacing with Computer304 0202 Development of pulsed-wire

anemometer for shear measurement3040203 Recording Instruments used with

the Pulsed-wire Anemometry3o4o3 Manometers3.404 Instruments used for mean surface pressure

measurement3.4.4.1 Twin-tube technique

3.4.5 Strain gauge and differential thermocouple technique

3.5 Flow visualization3 06 Summary

EXPERIMENTAL MEASUREMENTS4.1 Introduction.4.2 Backward Facing Step

4.2.1 Two-dimensionality of flow4 02.2 Preliminary Study 4 02o3 Selected Cases4.2.4 Predictions of flow over the step using a

numerical method of analysis4.3 Axisymmetric Jet-Free Shear Layer

4.3.1 Measurements4.4 Two-Dimensional Blocks

4.4.1 Two-dimensionality of flow4.4.2 Preliminary Study4.4.3 Selected case

4.5 Summary

DISCUSSION OF RESULTS5.1 Backward Facing Step

5.1.1 General5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds Stresses5.1.4 Discussion of Numerical Predictions of flow

over the Backward Facing Step5.1.5 Summary of Experimental Investigations on

Backward Facing Step

Page 7: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

5 DISCUSSION OF RESULTS continued Page No,5 e2 Axisymmetric Jet-Free Shear Layer 90

5 02 ol General 905 02 e2 Mean Velocities and Reynolds Stresses 91

5 03 Two-Dimensional Blocks * 935 »3 o1 General 935 03o2 Preliminary Cases: Boundary Layer and L/h

ratio varied 955o3o2ol Mean Longitudinal Velocity and

Reynolds Stresses 955.3 .2,1(a) Effect of different

block lengths in *rough* boundary layer 95

5 „3 .2.1(b) Effect of different boundary layer with L = 0o5h 98

5o302ol(c) Overall effect of boundary layer and geometry of block iqi

5.3 .2.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 1035o3e3 Selected case: Block with no Top Reattachment

in Rough Boundary Layer 104 •.5 03o4 Summary of Experimental Investigation on

Two-Dimensional Blocks 112

6 CONCLUSIONS 1156 0I Experimental Work 1156 e2 Recommendations for Future Work 118

REFERENCES 120APPENDIXI A GUIDE TO THE USE OF THE PULSED-WIRE ANEMOMETER IN CON­

JUNCTION WITH THE HEWLETT-PACKARD 21MX MICRO-COMPUTER 128

II Published paper - "THE MEASUREMENT OF REYNOLDS STRESSES WITH ..A PULSED-WIRE ANEMOMETER" 136

III Published paper - "THE EFFECT OF UPSTREAM BOUNDARY LAYERTHICKNESS UPON FLOW PAST A BACKWARD-FACING STEP" 156

IV FURTHER DETAILS OF CALIBRATION AND ANALYSIS FOR HOT-WIREANEMOMETERS 167

FIGURES 171

Page 8: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

NOMENCLATURE

Aspect ratio, B/h \Calibration constant

Spanwise length of the model

Calibration constant

Barrier height (Figure 3.1)

Castellated height (Figure 3.1)

Skin friction coefficient

Pressure coefficient (Equation 4.1)

Pressure coefficient with reference value in the free stream at x/h = 0

Reduced pressure coefficient (Equation 4.2)

Reduced pressure coefficient (Equation 4.3)

Reduced pressure coefficient (Equation 4.4)

Reduced pressure coefficient (Equation 4.5)

Reduced pressure coefficient (Equation 4.7)

Borda-Carnot pressure coefficient (Equation 4.6)

Base pressure coefficient

Diameter of nozzle

Wire voltage

Height of vorticity generator

Shape factor, gj/ 82

Step height or block height“o 2? “o 4- (v2)V(u2)2

Axial sensitivity

Turbulent kinetic energy, -j(u^ + v^ + w^)

Streamwise length of block

Number of sample

Power law index

Constant in hot-wire (Equation 3.1)

Page 9: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

mean static pressure

Reference static pressure of backward facing step

Undisturbed reference static pressure of the block

Reynolds number

Fraction of flow reversal

Fraction of flow towards the wall

Mean time of flight of heat tracer

Mean streamwise velocity

Mean of total velocity (Equation 5 01)

Local mean streamwise velocity equals to 0 e99UmEffective cooling velocity

Undisturbed mean streamwise velocity at block height

Jet exit velocity

Free stream velocity

Reference point velocity .

Friction velocity

Reference velocity of backward facing step

Undisturbed reference velocity of the block

Reference velocity in the free stream at x/h = 0

Measured mean velocity (Equation 5 el)

Instantaneous streamwise velocity

Mean velocity at positive and negative angle of yaw respectively

Turbulent fluctuation in the x-direction

Turbulent shear stress

Normal stress at positive and negative angle of yaw respectively

Mean transverse velocity

Instantaneous transverse velocity

Turbulent fluctuation in the y-direction

Page 10: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Tunnel width before the backward facing step

Tunnel width downstream of the backward facing step

Tunnel width in the absence of two-dimensional block

Turbulent fluctuation in the spanwise direction

Distance between barrier wall and vorticity generator (Figo 3;

Streamwise cartesian coordinate

Distance from rear face of vorticity generator

Virtual origin of mixing layer '

Mean reattachment position

Transitional distance from jet exit

Distance from step face where ^CCp - Cp . ) occursmax m mTransverse cartesian coordinate

Roughness length

Local shear layer thickness defined as difference in distancewhere U = 0 o2u and 0 e9U m mLocal shear layer thickness defined as difference in distancewhere U = 0 o45U and 0 e8U m mSpanwise cartesian coordinate

Page 11: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Greek Symbols

5 Boundary layer thickness where U = 0.99Um

Displacement thickness

6 Momentum thickness

Z Dissipation rate of turbulent energy

V Kinematic viscosity

g A constant (Equation 5.1)

p Density of fluid

0 Semi-angle of cone or yaw limit of probe

0 Angle at which velocity vector inclined normal to planeof pulsed-wire probe

- Angle of yaw

Stream function

Page 12: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Subscripts

D

h

max,m

min

N

y/h = 3

0 05

e 2

e = 0

Diameter of jet nozzle

Values at block height

Maximum value

Minimum value

For Nth number of sample

Values at y = 3h

Location where U = 0.5UmMomentum thickness

Value at zero angle of inclination

Page 13: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1,1 Preamble

The project is part of a larger, more extended, programme of funda­mental studies of bluff body flow. Many buildings are block-like struc­tures set in the earth's boundary layer and 'the civil engineer is concerned either to predict the wind pressures on those structures or assess tlie wind environment of the structures, A great deal is still to be learned about even the simplest of such situations as they relate to civil engineering design and this need, then, is the basis of the present programme which involves the study of square-edged bodies in boundary layer flows. A certain amount of work has already been done under the programme by Baker (1977), relating particularly to steps and blocks set on a base board in a thin boundary layer with a smooth outer stream, and the aim of the study described in the present thesis is to extend that work and particularly to examine in more detail the effect of varied up­stream conditions, such as free stream turbulence and the thickness and characteristic of the boundary layer. This, it is hoped, will provide a further step in the understanding of practical situations where bodies stand in the natural wind or in the wake of other bodies.

With a lack of comprehensive data for wind effects on buildings of any complexity, wind tunnel tests have great value for prediction purposes, their usefulness having been recognised in the last century by workers such as Irminger (1893). It has become appreciated, however, that it is important to set up a flow in the wind tunnel such that the pattern of flow around and, hence, the pressure distribution, is reasonably similar to that occurring with the full-scale building in the natural wind.Numerous efforts have been made to simulate the velocity distribution and turbulence characteristics of the atmospheric boundary layer in a relatively short tunnel, as summarised by Hunt and Fernholz (1975)« Techniques employed may involve the use of devices such as graded grids, fences, spires, screens or jets or a combination of these. One such system, with a fence, vortex generators and roughness elements, developed by Counihan (1969), has been employed at one stage in the present work.The general attempt to explore the effect of upstream conditions may be of value in assessing how closely it is necessary to model the atmospheric flow in order to obtain, from a wind tunnel test, results of practical value.

Page 14: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The geometries studied were again two of the simplest, the backward- facing step and the rectangular block, both two-dimensional, as it was felt that these form important elements in many more complex practical situations. In this case, however, it was decided to concentrate attention upon the shear layer between the recirculation region and the outer flow as it was the mixing and interaction between this layer and the outer flow, perhaps modified by the turbulence or boundary layer conditions upstream, which would probably be closely linked with such important features of the situation as pressure distributions and reattachment positions.

The opening chapter, after this preamble, will set out the manner in which the work is organized within the thesis,

1.2 Present Programme of Work

The work reported in this thesis relates mainly to the near wake region of a number of two-dimensional bluff bodies and the effect upon them of variation of upstream conditions, such as boundary layer thickness and free stream turbulence. A particular area of interest is the growth of the separated shear layer up to its reattachment downstream. The work concentrates on two-dimensional cases with very simple square-edged geo­metries, (i) a backward facing step and (ii) two-dimensional blocks on a baseboard. The present contribution is described in the following.

1.2.1 Backward Facing Step

This, the first part of the project, examines what is probably the simplest of two-dimensional square-edged shapes. It is in some ways, an extension of earlier work (Baker, 1977), but attempting now a more searching appraisal of the effect of upstream conditions with a more detailed investi­gation of the shear layer. The upstream boundary layer thickness was varied over a wider range than in the earlier study and free stream turbulence was introduced by a biplanar square mesh grid.

The step height was 90mm and the ratio of boundary layer thickness to step height was varied between 0.1 and 0.7. Free stream turbulence could be as high as 3.5% but as will be explained later, it was found in fact that there was little conclusive evidence that higher turbulence of this order in the free stream had directly an appreciable effect upon the

Page 15: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

turbulence properties in the recirculation region, or upon the reattach­ment or thickness of the separated shear layer. After an examination of these preliminary cases, then, a more detailed study of two selected cases, with two very different boundary layer thicknesses ( (j/h = 0.14 and 0.67), but without higher free stream turbulence, was undertaken. To assist in the understanding of the shear layer associated with the bluff bodies studied, measurements were made of the axisymmetric shear layer of a circular nozzle. This shear layer, although different in certain aspects, afforded a valuable comparison with that of bluff body as well as serving for the calibration of instruments.

As a part of the work, the pulsed-wire anemometer was developed to permit the measurement of turbulent shear stress. Hot-wire anemometers with single and crossed-wire were also employed and valuable comparisons between the different instruments were made. Again the jet rig played a valuable part in calibration and comparison.

A recently developed computer program incorporating a two-equation model of turbulence was employed to test the two selected cases, thus enabling comparison to be made between predicted and experimental data.

1.2^2 JTwo-Dimensional_Block

The work was extended to the case of a two-dimensional block on a baseboard and again the effect of upstream boundary layer was examined.In this case the boundary layer thickness was up to several times the body height, as this is felt to be a very important situation, approaching that of a building in the natural wind. Further attention was concent­rated on the case where there was no reattachment on top of the body.This was considered to be particularly interesting, as a very long body, with reattachment on top, will tend to approach again the case of the backward facing step.

Initially, then, three bodies with block length / height ratios of 0.5, 1 and 2 were set in a thick rough wall boundary layer; the ratio of boundary layer thickness to block height was approximately 5. The rough wall boundary layer was simulated using Lego blocks as roughness with vorticity generators and a castellated fence at the beginning of the working section. On a basis of this study, the block with ratio L/h = 0 . 5 was chosen as being the case free from reattachment on top;

Page 16: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

models of these proportions were then set in smooth wall boundary layer with the roughness removed. Certainly, the turbulence properties of these two simulated boundary layers, say at block height, are quite different.

There have been suggestions that the ratio of momentum thickness / block height (Castro, 1980b) is a parameter 'affecting the shear layer position, and thus the reattachment of the shear layer. Another model was therefore made with L/h ratio of 0.5 with its height h (38.1 mm) - and placed in the smooth wall boundary layer, the height of this latter model was chosen to ensure an equal ratio of momentum thickness / block height in both smooth and rough wall cases thus allowing comparison to be made.

Measurements employing hot-wire anemometers and pressure probes in addition to flow visualization techniques were undertaken. From the initial five cases studied, the rough wall case with L/h = 0 . 5 was chosen for the more detailed investigation of characteristics such as the turbu­lent shear stress, which was measured using the pulsed-wire anemometer.

1.3 Organisation of Thesis

A comprehensive review of previous literature relevant to the present work on two-dimensional steps and blocks is presented in Chapter 2. As a preface to the work on surface-mounted blocks, a certain amount of previous work on square-edged bodies in a free stream is included, where this is thought to shed light on flow past blocks set in a boundary layer on a baseboard.

Chapter 3 describes the experimental facilities, the wind-tunnel and the jet rig facilities as well as the different measuring and recording techniques used in the work. In the latter, emphasis is placed on the development of the pulsed-wire anemometer for shear measurement, an in­novation adding considerably to the value of this instrument.

Chapter 4 reports the experimental measurements taken during the course of the work, mainly pressures, velocities and Reynolds stresses and presents the results in graphical form.

Page 17: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Chapter 5 contains the discussion of the results of the measure­ments described in the preceding chapter, the comments and explanations drawing widely upon comparison with data of previous literature.

Chapter 6 provides brief conclusions to the study with suggestion for future work.

Following this final chapter there are the lists of references, appendices and figures.

Page 18: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 2: LITERATURE REVIEW

2.1 Introduction

A review of previous literature relating to the flow around two- dimensional sharp-edged bluff bodies was made as a preliminary to the present work. Studies of bodies in a free stream were included where they add to the understanding of surface mounted obstacles. The purpose was to gain a knowledge of previous investigations in planning the present study. At the same time, they do provide experimental data for comparison with this study. The body of experimental information concerning the effects of upstream conditions such as higher free stream turbulence level and shear was examined with particular attention. (These effects could explain some of the variations found in the literature relating to such matters as the recirculation zones).

The review, therefore, covers first the very simplest geometry, the backward facing step and then proceeds to rectangular shapes, first in a free stream and, then, surface mounted obstacles.

2.2 Backward Facing Step

It was probably the study of Tani et al (1961) of turbulent flow over a backward facing step that served to focus attention on the import­ance of this case. Their interest seemed to be initiated by the importance of the base pressure problem at supersonic speeds of flow separation over a sharp edge, and the similarity between the mechanisms of the mixing process at both subsonic and supersonic speeds. However, the small scale of the models used in supersonic measurements had limited the study of the flow inside the recirculation region, whereas for subsonic speeds further work could be conducted using larger models.

The backward facing step of adjustable height (up to 6cm) was located in the tunnel so that the boundary layer before the step, developed from the leading edge of the model, was either laminar or turbulent in character the latter could also be thickened by placing a trip of 0.5 cm high. Due, however, to the lack of more suitable instruments for reversed flows, Tani et al used hot-wire anemometers for measurements of mean flow and turbulent properties; the determination of turbulent shear stress was obtained by

Page 19: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

setting a hot-wire inclined at two different angles to the flow direction. The measurements of turbulent properties were confined to the mixing region and the redeveloping boundary layer downstream of reattachment. The mean surface static pressure distributions were measured using pressure tappings on the model surface, and, further, static pressure measurements within the mixing region were made using a small static pressure probe. Their combined use of two pitot probes to determine the total pressure and flow direction is questionable in the highly turbulent and reversed flow region. Thus it is not surprising that for measurements of mean flow direction " they found good agreement between the slanted pitot probe and the hot­wire only in the outer part of the mixing region where the turbulence intensity is less excessive.

Tani et al studied the effect of varying step height and the thick­ness of the upstream boundary layer, either laminar or turbulent, and concluded that the base pressure (except for very small heights less than 5mm) was not greatly affected by such changes. The turbulent shear stress, mean velocity and turbulent intensity across the mixing region were relatively insensitive to change in upstream turbulent boundary layer thickness, within the limited range of their studies but the limit­ations upon the use of the single hot-wire in highly turbulent flows must be borne in mind. The insensitivity of base pressure to variation in step height and boundary layer thickness is, according to them, due to the fact that the cavity flow is chiefly maintained by the turbulent shear stress. With a laminar boundary layer at separation, the transition distance to turbulence was found to be at about one step height from the step edge.

Abbott and Kline (1962) made mean velocity profile measurements for both single and double steps in a water tunnel using hot-film tech­niques, again omitting the region of reversed flow from their measurements. Using dye visualisation for qualitative investigation of the near wake region, they found that three distinct zones exist in the separated region with a zone of counter-rotating vortices near the step face for both single and double step configurations. By varying the inlet turbulence level from approximately 1% to 18%, they found no appreciable change in the lengths of the three zones or general stall structures. They found that a region of three-dimensional flow occurred near the reattachment region, but the low value of the aspect ratio renders the results rather

Page 20: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

suspect; Brederode (1974) suggested that an aspect ratio greater than 10 is necessary to achieve two-dimensionality of flow.

In order to vary the inlet boundary layer thickness, Abbott and Kline applied suction at 2 inches upstream of the step face for the single step configuration, and found that the reattachment point shifted a further 6% downstream of that found without suction. The effect of suction was to flatten the inlet velocity profile in the manner reported, but they concluded that the flow pattern is not too greatly influenced - by the upstream change of boundary layer thickness.

Mueller, Korst and Chow (1964) conducted an experimental and theo­retical investigation of flow separation, reattachment and redevelopment of the turbulent flow downstream of a single step-type roughness element. Their theoretical treatment was based on the assumption that the separated shear layer resembles that of a semi-infinite free jet impinging on an inclined wall.

Results included the surface pressure measurements downstream of the element which showed that the distribution was nearly constant from about x/h = 8 , with a subsequent return of the redeveloping boundary layer . towards the fully flat plate value at about x/h = 40. Measurements of shear stress using the hot-wire anemometer showed that the high level of turbulent shear stress decreases and eventually approaches the flat plate values of Klebanoff (1955). With lower blocks in the same boundary layer, somewhat higher turbulent shear stresses were reported in the mixing region of the near wake, due probably to the larger velocity gradient at block height.

Measurements of surface pressure distributions downstream of sepa­ration for various forebody shapes were conducted by Roshko and Lau (1965). Their interest seemed to have been initiated by the previous lack of attention to low speed reattaching flow, in contrast to supersonic studies. From data for various forebody shapes, Roshko and Lau reduced the pressure distribution into the form,

Cp - Cp . r _ m mCP! " 1 - Cp .Mnin

giving a good correlation for most forebody shapes when plotted againstx/xD. Neither measurements of mean velocity inside the recirculating K

Page 21: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

region nor of the shear stress were taken, possibly due to the lack of suitable equipment. The possible effects of blockage and of initial boundary layer thickness were acknowledged but no detailed contribution to the studies of these effects was made.

Bearman (1965) extended his investigation of the flow in the wake of a blunt trailing edge by fitting splitter plates up to four base-heights long to the model (with one base height is effectively equal to two step heights for the backward facing step, this implies only a short board downstream). Its purpose was to understand more fully the phenomena of vortex formation, drag and flow behind bluff bodies due to the influence of these plates. Measurements of base pressure were conducted for dif­ferent plate lengths and indicated a rapid rise of base pressure for plate lengths up to about one base height. Using a mixture of oil and titanium dioxide, the reattachment length was found to be 5.8h for splitter plates of three and four base height long. A secondary separation occurring at 2.3hwas reported even when the plate length was 1.5 and 2.0 base height.

Using a hot-wire, Bearman measured the shedding frequency for various splitter plates and found that beyond about 6h no shedding occurs, indi­cating that the flow had reattached. From his studies, then, a similar absence of vortex shedding may be inferred for any backward facing step with a long baseboard.

The relaxation of a turbulent shear layer downstream of reattachment behind a backward facing step was the main concern of an investigation by Bradshaw and Wong (1972). Mean longitudinal velocity was measured by pitot tube, surface or wall shear stress by Preston tubes and Reynolds stresses by hot-wires. The tunnel was equipped with an adjustable roof to create zero pressure gradient on the floor downstream of the reattach­ment region, while the step was formed by a fairing in the contraction. Although the working section extended up to x/h = 50, they found that the shear layer had still not returned to an equilibrium boundary layer.

From the available data of previous work, they pointed out thatthe maximum shear stress of the separated shear layer near reattachement

2is somewhat higher than the value for the plane mixing layer (0.01 pu^ ) and that there are large differences among different authors. They commented that the effective velocity difference across the shear layer,

Page 22: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

1.2 times the free stream velocity, is not a sufficient explanation of the increase. They suggested that at reattachment, the shear layer bifurcates, causing part of it to deflect upstream of reattachment and the rest to continue to travel downstream causing a decrease in the eddy length scaleo The fraction deflected upstream would depend on the initial boundary layer thickness0 They concluded that the large eddies which ex­tend over most of the flow prior to reattachment and which carry a large fraction of the shear stress are themselves roughly torn into two. The flow just downstream of reattachment has very little resemblance to either the plane mixing layer or any other kind of thin layer, the behaviour of the relaxing boundary layer depending upon the distortion of the shear layer near reattachment.

With a model located in a tunnel in the same way as that of Tani et al (1961), Narayanan et al (1974) sought to obtain more reliable data concerning the effect upon the pressure distribution in the separated region of the blockage of the model on the flow. Their work involved a number of models ranging from step heights of 3mm. to 50mm with nearly the same upstream boundary layer thickness in all cases tested„

Detailed measurements of surface static pressure distribution were taken both with and without compensating wedges on the opposite tunnel wall to simulate free stream conditions. With pressure measurements taken downstream of the step face and the opposite wall, a number of significant features have been revealed, (i) the presence of the wedges tend to shift the free stream pressure on the tunnel roof to that of the undistrubed value upstream of the step. For models of various heights, the maximum pressure in the separated region was altered appreciably with the presence of these wedges, and (ii) the pressure on the tunnel roof especially on the side opposite the separated region varies with blockage in the absence of these wedges, indicating the sensitivity of pressure to tunnel inter­ference. There was a corresponding shift of the reattachmeht point.

In an attempt to improve the similarity of pressure distribution after separation, Narayanan et al plotted a reduced pressure coefficient versus a length scale as follows:

^ ” *min x-x* — V s — — —^max ~ ^ min ^

where x*/h is the distance from the rear face to the point on the

Page 23: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

x-coordinate where the pressure rise is \ (Cn - Cn - \ This ploty m a x ^ m m ' *

produces good similarity with all data collapsed into a single curve.

In order to study the significance of upstream flow conditions for the two-dimensional backward facing step and the effect on the flow structure, Davies and Snell (1977) introduced a uniformly spaced wire array to suppress boundary layer growth and imposed shear by using a shear profile generator. Again, their work seemed to be initiated by the desire to account for the wide discrepancies which still remained between data obtained by previous workers on similar geometric configurations.

Using hot-wire anemometry as the principal measuring technique, they presented results for mean streamwise velocity, fluctuating intensity and turbulent shear stress in their study; the data showed variations in the measured parameters for different flow conditions, so indicating possible reasons for discrepancies between previously reported results.

The first application of the recently developed pulsed-wire anemo­meter in measurements taken about turbulent flow over a backward facing step was probably that carried out by Baker (1977), of particular interest since the instrument is suitable for highly turbulent and reverse-flow regions, and permitted the more precise exploration. Baker measured mean velocities and corresponding normal stress in the three coordinate direc­tions, with the plane of the probe set normal to the coordinate direction concerned. Since part of his aim was to test the validity of the measure­ments taken using pulsed-wire in such flow, the figures for mean stream- wise velocity and normal stress obtained with this instrument were com­pared with those taken with single hot-wire technique, both inside and outside the recirculating region. The accuracy of.single hot-wire tech­nique is doubtful in highly turbulent regions and, so, while reasonable agreement was achieved for mean velocity profiles, there was less agree­ment between the turbulent normal stress from these comparisons.

Baker found good agreement between the maximum value of w^ and the1 2 2corresponding maximum values of i (u + ), an assumption made by

previous workers but not well checked experimentally. According to his data, the position of the maximum turbulence parameters across each down­stream station coincide with the mean dividing streamtime up to x/h = 4 and deviate rapidly as reattachment is approached, in the hope of pro­ducing a simple analytical treatment for the reverse region of the flow,

Page 24: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

an attempt was made to compare the separated shear layer with the plane milling layer. The mean longitudinal velocity across the shear layer of the step agreed well with the plane mixing layer (Wygnanski and Fiedler,1970) especially on the high velocity side, less well towards the extreme of the low velocity side. Reynolds stresses of the shear layer of the step were higher than plane mixing layer values especially in the low velocity region. It was demonstrated that the peak turbulence quantities, if normalised by the effective velocity difference across the shear layer, would agree quite well with those of plane mixing layer.

Comparison of experimental data with that predicted by the computer program developed by Pun and Spalding (1976) gave reasonable qualitative agreement in mean velocities, surface pressure, turbulent kinetic energy and static pressure in the near wake region. The reattachment length was underestimated as the predicted line of the shear layer was displaced slightly downwards compared with the measured one.

Denham (1974) was perhaps the first to measure flow over a step using the laser anemometer, a further instrument developed to be capable of distinguishing forward and reverse velocities in highly turbulent regions, and to contribute no probe interference with the flow. This is helpful in the sense that experimental data obtained using this instrument can provide useful comparison with those using the pulsed-wire anemometer in similar studies. In fact, his work was part of a test on the use of the laser anemometer in measurements of such separated flow; the use of such instrument has become increasingly popular in many measurements.

Measurements of mean velocity and corresponding turbulence intensity were taken at some distance upstream of step, in the near wake region and for part of the redeveloping region. While the mean velocity data obtained seemed satisfactory, the turbulence intensity showed considerable dis­crepancies. No measurements were taken immediately behind the step be­cause of the interruption by the walls on the laser beams.

Hitherto, there has seemed to be no other instrument capable of measuring highly turbulent and reverse flow regions to provide useful comparison with the pulsed-wire technique except the laser anemometer.Gesso (1975) however tried to improve the method of hot-wire signal analysis in highly turbulent measurement in his study of separated flow.

Page 25: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

He considered that the difference in geometries and the methods of collecting and analysing the data, not always fully described by authors, were responsible for many discrepancies in turbulence parameters among previous researchers, using conventional hot-wire anemometry. He claims that his squared-signal analysis offers more flexibility than conventional analysis.

With mean velocities and turbulent stresses taken during his work, the magnitude of streamwise turbulent intensity appears to be little affected by the difference of step heights. His intention, had been to study the effect of free stream shear profiles on the separated shear layer flow, but this was not attempted due to delay in constructing the profile generator.

Perhaps the most comprehensive work on the characteristics of the flow over a backward facing step was made by Chandrsuda (1975). The main purpose of his work was to extract as much information as possible on the flow characteristics; the step was formed by a fairing in "the contraction similar to that used by Bradshaw and Wong (1972). According to his ob­servation based on tufts visualization, the fluctuation band at reattach­ment is about 0.8h wide. He concluded that the entrainment of the shear layer from the recirculation region does not occur at a uniform rate and the upstream moving eddies from reattachment are the replacement of this irregular entrainment; if there were no entrainment from Hie recirculation region at all, eddies would all travel downstream after reattachment. In his view, the reattachment point can be approximated from the mean surface pressure distribution by drawing a straight line through the almost linear part of pressure rise, extending this to intersect with the line parallel to the x-axis passing through the point of maximum pressure rise, and then projected downwards from this intersection into the x-axis.

Extensive measurements included mean velocity, Reynolds stresses, higher-order turbulence quantities and intermittency were made using pressure probes, single hot-wire and crossed-wire. While the reliability of his data in the recirculation region is questionable, he pointed out the need of more accurate and reliable means of measurement in such regions.

Chandrsuda concludes that the separated shear layer can be approxi­mated to a plane mixing layer in the region close to the step, but not at or near the reattachment zone. He recognised that the r e g i o n of rapid

Page 26: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

distortion of the shear layer is seen to extend to about 4h downstream of reattachment and he concludes that the shear layer appears to be a hybrid between the mixing layer and an ordinary boundary layer at many step heights downstream.

Further assessments of turbulent flow downstream of a backward facing step using a laser anemometer have been carried out by Etheridge and Kemp (1978) in a water channel. From mean velocities - and- turbulent stresses presented in their measurements, they deduced that one-sixth of the mass flow was deflected upstream or reattachment region. While Abbott and Kline (1962) observed periodicity of low frequency in the length of the separated region, Etheridge and Kemp found no such evidence in their investigation; this could perhaps be attributed to the low aspect ratio of Abbott and Kline. The maximum turbulent shear stress occurring at a streamwise position near reattachment is found to be about twenty times the value in the upstream layer. Shear stress taken-within the reverse flow region is also generally large and increases linearly with distance from the wall over at least part of this region.

In a constructive work by Kim, Kline and Johnston (1978), some new non-dimensional terms were presented in their study of turbulent flow over a backward facing step. Their aim in the investigation was to gain better understanding of the near wake region, the redeveloping boundary layer after reattachment and the development of a computational method for such flow. Pressure probes were used to measure total and static pressures, and hot­wire anemometry technique was used to measure mean velocity, Reynolds: stresses and intermittency. From photographs taken on tufts movements, the instantaneous reattachment length was not a straight line and they suggested the existence of a three-dimensional spanwise structure near reattachment. Based on tufts movements near reattachment, the large eddies seem to be moving alternately forward and backward. According to observation from an oscilloscope during intermittency measurements, a hypothesis of alternating movements of the large eddies was put forward.They make what seems a very valid point in suggesting that the reattachment length should be referred to as the reattachment zone because the reattach­ment lies within a band. The rapid decay of the peak turbulent intensities and shear stress downstream of reattachment, according to them, seemed to be related to the intermittent structure of the turbulence.

Page 27: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Eaton et al (1979) studying the development of the large stress- carrying eddies in the shear layer, defined reattachment point as being the point where local flow close to the wall is reversed 50% of the time (measured by a newly developed thermal tuft technique). Their other specific objectives were to study the effects of initial conditions on the flow field and to obtain reliable and accurate mean velocity and turbulence data. They pointed out that the 'mean shear stress at re­attachment point, thus defined, is not necessarily equal to zero although the point at which this occurs is probably quite close. Defining the re­attachment point in this way, their results showed that reattachment length is strongly dependent upon Reynolds number (based on momentum thickness), especially at low Reynolds number, they suggested that the wide variation of this length obtained by previous workers could be due to this cause.

Measurements of the spanwise correlation of wall flow direction in the reattachment region were made using two thermal tufts. Their measurements indicate that the spanwise integral scale to the reattach­ment region is of the order of one step height.

The mean longitudinal velocity at a number of stations downstreamof the step was measured chiefly by using the pulsed-wire. In regions of the flow where turbulence is not too excessive, normal pitot probes and hot-wire were used.- Comparison of their work with the plane mixing layer of Brown and Roshko (1974) led them to suggest that the separatedshear layer is growing very much like a planemixing layer ,, up to abouthalf the recirculation length.

Smyth (1979) measured mean velocity, turbulent intensities, shear stress and turbulent kinetic energy of turbulent flow over a plane sym­metrical sudden expansion using a laser anemometer. From the conclusion of Abbott and Kline (1962) that the stall region consisted of a complex pattern involving three distinct zones, and that the flow over a double step contains an asymmetry for a large expansion, but approaches a single step configuration with symmetrical stall regions for values Wgj/W^-Cl.S, all measurements of Smyth were therefore made with = 1.5. Accordingto his measurements, the flow appears to attain mean velocity and turbulent intensity profiles similar tothose before the step edge at x/h = 4 8 .

Considering the wide variation in the reattachment position of flow

Page 28: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

over a backward facing step, as published by previous workers, Kuehn (1980) from his experimental work concludes that the influence of pressure gradient due to varying ratio of W£/W^ on the reattaching flow can explain most of the variation. According to him, the stronger adverse pressure gradient not only causes the reattachment to move downstream, but it also causes a greater reduction in magnitude of the velocity near to reattachment.

Further investigations were carried out by rotating the wall (opposite the step) about a pivot located at x/h = 0 , rather than by using an ad­justable roof, as was done by Bradshaw and Wong, and Chandrsuda. The result obtained for x^/h from this approach is consistent with the alter­ation of W2/Wj. By deflecting the opposite wall in the direction towards the step, the self-imposed adverse pressure gradient was reduced by a superimposed favourable gradient, causing earlier reattachment of the flow.

2.3 Flows around Two-Dimensional Blocks

This section of the review focusses mainly on two-dimensional bodies set in boundary layers of varying thickness, including cases with higher free stream turbulence. The great majority of such reported experimental work using models in wind-tunnel are of a much simpler and basic nature than the more complex cases with full-scale studies.

Attempts have been made by other researchers to compare data ob­tained from wind tunnel and full-scale studies; however, the correct modelling technique of the flow around the structure concerned is im­portant to ensure similitude between prototype and model (Hansen et al, 1975).

The present work concentrates on two-dimensional rectangular bodies fully immersed in a .thick simulated boundary layer. In the case of two-dimensional rectangular bodies, the separated shear layer from the upwind corner may reattach on the model‘s top face and if the stream- wise length is long enough, the flow will revert to the case of the flow over a backward facing step and separate again. On the other hand, for a model with ratio of L/h much less than unity, the flow tends to that of a fence.

Page 29: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

This section, then, covers previous work on square-edged bodies not only when set in a boundary layer, which is the prime object of the present work, but also when set in a free stream as there is much in such studies that is relevant to the rather different situation in the boundary layer.

2.3.1 Bodies in free stream

This section contains a review of investigations in which, although the body was placed in uniform stream, the work appeared to have relevance to the present studies.

Bearman and Trueman (1972) investigating rectangular bodies with ratio L/h ranging from 0.2 to 1.205 subjected to uniform free stream condition with low turbulence level, about 0.3%, concentrated mainly on pressure measurements and Strouhal number. The base pressure coefficient was found to decrease (i.e become more negative) with L/h up to about 0.6 as the cavity flow behind the body decreased. With further increase in L/h, the flow reattached on the sides of the body, so that the cavity size and, correspondingly the base pressure coefficient rose again.

In one of the cases studied, the rear face of the body (L/h = 0.‘6) was fitted with a splitter plate (5h long) with the effect of reducing the drag. It was concluded that the high drag effect for rectangular sections was associated with the regular shedding of vortices. (It might be inferred that with surface mounted bodies, which have similar­ities with a body in a free stream with a long splitter plate, vortex shedding will not be present).

Lee (1975) investigated the effect of increase of upstream turbu­lence level on a square prism. From measurements of mean and fluctuating surface pressure, he deduced that the reduction of drag of the body in more highly turbulent flow was attributable to the manner in which the shear layers thickened. Simultaneously, the pressure on the side faces recovered more completely with increasing turbulence; this, he suggested, was due to the fact that with increased entrainment the shear layer bent inward towards the side faces. Also the base pressure was found to have increased, leading to a reduction in the mean drag with the effect of increasing turbulent intensity.

Some effects of free stream turbulence on the drag of two-dimensional

Page 30: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

rectangular bluff bodies in uniform flow have been studied by Laneville et al (1977), who used flow visualization techniques on models of different L/h ratio (0.5 to 2.0) subjected to various turbulent intensities. With a model with L/h =2 .0, they demonstrated the difference of the shear layer thickness in smooth and turbulent flows; in the latter case, the layer is much thicker with an earlier reattachment. By rotating the model, they found too that for a constant L/h ratio, the minimum angle for the re­attachment to occur at one of the rear corners of the block decreased with increasing free stream turbulence.

Robertson et al (1972) had studied the effect of increase in freestream turbulence on the drag of various sharp-edged bodies, such as two-dimensional, three-dimensional and axisymmetric bodies, in a uniform

3 4stream with Reynolds number ranging from 5 x 10 to 7 x 10 . From the results, the drag coefficient in some cases increases with higher turbu­lence level while in other cases the reverse occurs. In their two-dimen­sional block with L/h = 2.0, the drag coefficient drops with increase in turbulence level (0.5% to 8%). For this block, there is a slight signifi­cant 'increase in base pressure, but there are major changes at the side faces of the block, so that it is found that reattachment occurs.

A further study of the effects of higher free stream turbulence on the pressure field of a square prism in uniform flow has been made by Robertson et al (1978). The turbulence level was about 0.33% and 10.4%. The body was rotated and the minimum angles in which reattachment occurred on one side of the rear corners were found to 14° and 9° for 3.ow and high levels respectively; these figures agree reasonably well with those of Laneville et al, as does the finding that the effect of higher turbulence at a particular angle causes an earlier reattachment.

An investigation of separated flow past a square-edged flat plate of finite thickness set with its long face parallel to a uniform stream of low turbulence (less than 1%) was made by Ota and Itasaka (1976), in which the model has a streamwise length of about twenty-six times the plate thickness. This allows the separated flow to reattach and redevelop; the data taken were static pressure, mean longitudinal velocity and turbu­lent intensity, with pressure probes and hot-wire anemometry as the in­struments mainly used. It was reported that the flow was essentially two- dimensional, while the reattachment region was not; the reattachment point was determined by three methods with (i) tuft probe, (ii) location in

Page 31: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

which nearly maximum surface static pressure occurs and (iii) extra­polation of zero skin friction. The reattachment point in general was found to fall within four to five times the plate thickness downstream from the upstream edge and was independent of Reynolds number.

While their surface pressure distribution indicates the qualitative trend reported by other workers (Good et al,*1968; Mueller et al, 1964), they suggested that the differences are probably due to different flow configurations. The maximum reversed velocity was found to be about 30% of the free stream velocity. They concluded that a longer distance of more than twenty plate thicknesses is required to reach the fully developed turbulent boundary layer state - at 18 plate thickness downstream, theJLClauser parameter defined as (2/Cf )2 (H-l)/H to test departure from equilibrium condition, was found to be 5.7 which is less than the accepted value of 6 .8 .

In a similar work, further detailed measurements of mean longitudinal velcoity and Reynolds stresses of a two-dimensional flow over a blunt flat plate were investigated by Ota and Narita (1978). Good agreement in mean velocity profiles with those obtained by Ota and Itasaka was reported. Comparison of the turbulence stresses at x/h = 18 (h is the plate . .thickness) with flat plate values of Klebanoff (1955)revealed no good agreement, and it was concluded that the approach to the turbulence characteristics of a fully developed boundary layer required a longer distance than their experimental range.

This work, relating largely to effects downstream, is relevant to the present studies in indicating the considerable distance after reattach­ment needed for relaxation; this can only occur if the length of a body is many times its width perpendicular to the flow.

2.3.2 Surface mounted obstacles

The work of Arie et al (1975a) on surface-mounted rectangular blocks was mainly to establish an empirical formula relating the pressure drag coefficient of the blocks with the characteristics of a smooth-wall turbulent boundary layer. According to their study, the base pressure is sensitive to the value of L/h which is mainly the cause in the vari­ation of the pressure drag coefficient; this coefficient becomes sub­stantially constant for L /h>5. This could be due to the flow reattaching

Page 32: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

on the top face of the block as L/h becomes larger.

As a continuation of this work, further investigations (Arie et al, 1975b) focussed mainly on flow patterns and detailed surface pressure distribution. Detailed measurements of mean longitudinal velocity and turbulence in the near wake region were made for a few cases using a pressure probe and hot-wire anemometer for the required measurements.For a particular investigation with 5/h slightly less than 2, but with L/h = 2 and 4, reattachmeht on top face did occur for the block with L/h = 4 .

Block surface pressure measurements were taken for a number of cases. For cases where reattachment occurred on the top face, the pressure in that region recovered more completely and there was a less negative base pressure.

Detailed measurements of mean velocities and normal stresses both inside and outside the recirculation region of turbulent flow over a two- dimensional block using the pulsed-wire anemometer have been presented by Baker (1977). In addition, measurements of turbulent shear stress using crossed-wire anemometry and mean static pressure were presented. With L/h = 2, 5/h = 0 . 7 and smooth outer flow, no reattachment on the topface occurred and the reattachment distance behind the block was found to be 12h.. The maximum reversed velocity of the large recirculation zone was found to be slightly above 0.3 Up, at around the mid of the zone.

As before, in his study of flow over the backward facing step, an attempt was also made in this part of his study to make comparison with the plane mixing layer of Wygnanski and Fiedler (1970). Again, the extent of the agreement with the plane mixing layer is similar to that of the step flow.

Crabb et al (1977) have recently used a laser doppler anemometer for measurements of mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress of flow over a two-dimensional rib (L/h = 1 ) . With 5/h = 0 . 5 5 and a low free stream turbulence level of 0 .6%, reattachment was found to be at approxi­mately 12he Comparison with the value of 13h obtained by Good and Joubert (1968), and Sakamoto et al (1975) in fence flow studies with a similar magnitude of 5 /h and blockage ratio, led them to discuss the manner in

Page 33: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

which the greater initial slope of the mean dividing streamline in fence flow results in larger reattachment length. Such a comparison has been made by Durst and Rastogi (1979) in which 6 /h, L/h and h/W were the same for both fence and rectangular block; the fence flow case was found to have a larger reattachment length.

The remarkable feature of their results was the bimodal velocity probability density distributions obtained in the region of the separated shear layer. These seemed to serve as evidence for strong periodicity within the flow and they interpreted them as the summation of the random turbulent structure and a quasi-sine wave oscillation at a particular frequency. They concluded that turbulence models, based on time-average equations, may not represent the flow with reasonable precision.

A theoretical and experimental study of turbulent flow over a rectangular block (L/h = 1) has been undertaken by Durst and Rastogi (1977). Measurements of mean longitudinal velocity and turbulent intensity were made using a laser doppler anemometer, covering quite a wide range both upstream and downstream of block; the recirculation zone extended to about 8h downstream. In regions inaccessible to the laser anemometer technique, such as the smaller separation zone near the base of the block, probably due to difficulty in aligning the laser beam, flow visualization was employed to observe the flow field around the block. In addition to the experimental study, Durst and Rastogi attempted to calculate the flow field numerically and for different flow regions, two equation (k - £ ) and three equation (k - £ - uv) models of turbulence. Results from com­putation showed a certain agreement with measured values as far as streamlines pattern are concerned except for the predicted reattachment, which also occurred before the rear edge of the block. This is quite in conflict with experimental value and they explained this disagreement as partly due to three-dimensional effects because of the obstruction in the measuring channel. The computed mean velocity profile compares well with measured values but in contrast, the calculated turbulent kinetic energy with measured quantity (1.5 u^) showed large disagreement. They concluded that the mathematical models of turbulence used in such flow prediction were inadequate, and suggested an improvement in turbulence equations in solving more accurately especially in region near the wall.

Durst and Rastogi (1979) have produced further studies of turbulent flows over two-dimensional obstacles, so that the governing partial

Page 34: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

differential equations employing the k - £ turbulence model have now been modified by taking into account of the influence of streamline curvature on turbulence. Their later investigation focussed mainly on the gross flow features such as the length of recirculation, and its shape.

In their experimental study, three rectangular sections (L/h = 0.15, 0.3 and 1.0) and one sharp baffle edged fence (L/h = 0.15) were used, in which the influence of blockage on reattachment length was assessed. With 6 /h, L/h and h/W2 being kept constant for rectangular section and fence, the reattachment length of the former was near to that of the block.

In their preliminary computed calculations, Durst and Rastogi re­peated the calculations of one of the flow cases studied by Vasilic-Melling (1976), the flow over a square cross-section. They commented that the numerical grids size employed by the author was not fine enough to enable better agreement of reattachment length which was underpredicted by 30%.For one of the cases which they studied, computed prediction of ^ / h vs h/W2 give reasonable agreement with the experimental data. Further computed solutions of a fence flow studied experimentally by Good and Joubert (1968) showed reasonable agreement with experimental data.

The effects of wind tunnel blockage have been of considerable con­cern in many experimental investigations; extensive work has recently been undertaken by Castro and Fackrell (1978) on two-dimensional fence flows which must be relevant to the closely allied case of two-dimensional blocks. The blockage ratio, boundary layer thickness/fence height and wall friction velocity / free stream velocity were widely varied. Of particular interest was the fact that the reattachment position down­stream of the fence moved upstream with increasing blockage for small 5/h (less than 2 e3).in contrast to the behaviour with larger 5/h

(greater than 2.3). Unlike that of bluff bodies in uniform stream in which there is a connection between the base pressure and recirculation length, they found no simple relationship for bodies in boundary layers.

Measurement of mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress of the separated shear layer have been briefly presented by Castro and Fernholz (1980) for square two-dimensional blocks with varying ratios of 5/h; the ratio was less than one in each case. As their original aim was to investigate whether such flows contain strong periodicity,

Page 35: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

velocity probability density distributions, autocorrelations and spectra were briefly presented. Included in their paper was the velocity prob­ability density distribution of a case ( 5 /h = 6.4) of Castro (1979).They concluded that the flow over two-dimensional square section surface mounted blocks contains no dominant periodicity whatever the relative size of the upstream boundary layer. This is in contrast to the reported work of Crabb et al (1977).

From their velocity and turbulence measurements, the separated shear layer grows more rapidly and moves downwards as § /h increases.They considered it as due to the increase in the small-scale turbulent energy available in the high velocity free stream. Comparison with data of the plane mixing layer (Castro, 1973) indicated the qualitative trend of the separated shear layer.

The two-dimensional square section bluff body has also been in­vestigated by Cenedese et al (1979), in which mean longitudinal velocity and turbulence were measured using a laser anemometer in a water channel. With measurements made particularly in the near wake region, power density spectrum measurements in high and low intensity regions were attempted.

Perhaps the only measurements so far 6f the relaxation region as far as 50h downstream of two- dimensional block immersed in thick rough,, wall boundary layer was made by Castro (1979). The mean velocity and turbulence measurements at this station are still far from the undisturbed boundary layer profiles, indicating that a much longer distance is required for such agreement to be attained. Pitot-tubes and hot-wire anemometry were used for the required measurements. Based on flow visualization and some quantitative measurements with a pulsed-wire anemometer placed just downstream of the rear corner of the block, the separated shear layer in his work did reattach on the top face. He considered this to be attribu­table to the higher upstream turbulence level. Block surface pressures were measured for the cases studied.

No indication of flow unsteadiness was found to exist in the flow downstream of separation in contrast to Crabb et al (1977) with ( 6 / h ) < l , and Castro suggested that any tendency for this to exist will be suppressed due to higher turbulence for ( 5 /h)^> 1. Comparison of experimental data with the theory developed by Counihan et al (1974), in the relaxing wakes was also undertaken.

Page 36: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

2 .4 Summary

The foregoing review shows, then, that after numerous investigations into the backward facing step, conflicting views remain on the effect of upstream conditions. Some workers have concentrated less upon the near wake, the object of the present work, then upon reattachment and conditions downstream; reattachment in any case requires careful definition and is better thought of as a region rather than a point. Several authors suggest the comparison of the mixing layer with other shear flows such as the plane mixing layer. The need for the progressive development of instrumentation capable of yielding precise results in regions of re­circulating and highly turbulent flow is apparent. Pressure measurements present a similar problem and useful suggestions have been made as to non-dimensional coefficients. It is against this background, that this contribution to the subject was carried out.

Probably the most important point to emerge, for the present purposes, from the previous studies of square-edged bodies in a free stream, is that turbulence upstream appears to cause the mixing layer to be thicker and to curve inwards more rapidly leading to earlier reattachment, small recirculating regions and less negative base pressure.

For surface-mounted obstacles generally then it appears from previous work that upstream turbulence has an effect very similar to that seen in cases of bodies in a free stream. Boundary layer thickness, now an ad­ditional factor, clearly has a considerable effect, particularly as it may be several times the body height, although a great deal remains to be explored. Again, the importance of developing instrumentation may be seen.

Page 37: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Lam

- Lamina

r Bo

unda

ry

Lave

rTurb

- Tu

rbul

ent

Bounda

ry

Layer

TABLE

2,1a

- Backwa

rd

Facing

Step

Page 38: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

.amlnar

Bounda

ry

Laye

rTu

rbul

ent

Boundary

Layer

TABLE

2.1b

- Ba

ckward

Facings

Step

Free

Stre

am

Turb

ulen

ce

0.4% o

o1

0.15

%

d\

.6%

.3% t

Boun

dary

Layer

Stat

e be

fore

Se

para

tion

Turb

Lam

Turb

Turb

Turb

Turb

Lam

- Tu

rb

Turb

EM LiD\\%1

*-* do oo o

10*0 1

0.01

2

oo 0.

0088

& 0.

0096

1 1

U h r V

o3

o oX Xm m co m

to

ooXCOo 0o in

& © < **oXo

COoX

CO

rr rr o oX X4-1CO TT

1o oT* 4*X Xt** CD CO *5

CO

T o m4- OX ^ XmGO <0co d

G<oijcj cod CO 15

i

18 1 16 &

24 12

i '■ 1

0.333

& 0.

43

Roof

Adju

sted

0.333

&. 0.

429

0.09

1

1

0.25 &.

0.33

3

0.12

30.

25

J5\ 1

5.85

+ 0.

1

I

5.7-

6

4.9

7 +

1

6.9

- 8.

2 m d to CO

h(mm

)

50 &.

75 50.8 c2

o in in r«* 76 .

13

oij4-1

in go d coCOo•o

oijd m 4- d

6/h

at or

ne

arSe

para

tion

0.13

&. 0.

2

0.03

9 t

0.7

d 0.303

& 0.

454

0.154

- 0.

193 I

Mode

lSh

ape

\£ i f-C

11 v.

i f s1I#sV.K

Auth

ors

Gess

o(1

975)

Chan

drsu

da(1

975)

Davies

& Snell

(197

7)

Bake

r(1

977)

Etheridge

& Kemp

(197

8)

Kim

et al

(1

978)

Eaton

et al

(1

979)

Kueh

n(1

980)

Page 39: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Turb

- Tu

rbul

ent

Boun

dary

Layer

TABLE

2.2a:

Two-

Dime

nsio

nal

Bloc

k

k I

A

I

14.4

% d•p C* O ^

I I I 1

State

of

Undi

stur

bed

Boun

dary

La

yer Tu

rb

Turb

Turb

Turb

Turb

Turb

Turb

Top

Reat

tach

ment

1 1

For

L =

4h

at x

= 2.

5h

1 1 1 1

U h r V

Tj*oX

VH

1

CjJ• o o

X XVH H?CO ©

©Xto

oX

©X00o

CO©VHXCO©

< 1 CJCOOB

’S hZ 00 19

.6 wCO 143

£9800*0 Ab

out

0.10

0.025

&. 0.

051 160*0

00o©

ino 0.

011

- 0.

103

Vh(behind

bloc

k)

13.5

© w M 00 9.2

-10

.2

L/h

: .

_ .

i

- 2 &.

4 CJ - VH

a,\to COCO 00 0.

89

& 1.

81 c*o 0.

55 7 CO©

Mode

lSh

ape

s-C *

l-C:sK

JC s,

l-C:s

s>.

-C >,

l-C:>.

jC

i4 11s*XS.

S

s, ■ -C

F

Auth

ors

Till

man

(194

5)

rr,o>C *-

.c•HC A 3O v O ® Arie

et al

(1

975)

Bake

r(197

7)

Crabb

et al

(1

977)

Durst

&. Ra

stog

i (197

7)

Castro

S. Fa

ckre

ll

(197

8)

Page 40: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Turb

- Tu

rbul

ent

Bounda

ry

Layer

TABLE

2.2b:

Two

Dime

nsio

nal

Bloc

k

£ 2

js

iTs 14.7%

-•

20% 1 I i 1

State

of

Undi

stur

bed

Boun

dary

La

yer

45U

Sa

I

>AU3H

■To

pRe

atta

chme

nt

Believed

to be

in

term

itte

ntly

1 t 1 1

U h r V

*3*oX*A

COOXGO

oij3*O OX X

oi ^ tj*o oX X00 lA (A O** CO

1

<oiJ(A COt-* co IA o oT? 00 19

& 37 ©

CM

£

0.016

- 0.

036 O

o1 *Ao o 0.

036

&. 0.

075

0.02

6

v(behind

bloc

k)

o T*V* 9 -

16.5 IA

CM1

&> T4

1oo *■* **

43\O1

CA © • •IA *-» i

cSiIAO **

1CO 00o © 0.

53

- 0.

92

Mode

lSh

ape

■s.

J C **

s*s

t4K

,4 s*"S.

S L N*

s*

Auth

ors

Cast

ro(1

979)

Cene

dese

et

al (1

979)

11 * 4* 0 ©© ** r*b © © 3 © X* c c: ^ Ca

stro

&

Fern

holz

(1

980)

Cast

ro(1

980a

)

Page 41: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 3: EXPERIMENTAL FACILITIES'

3 .1 Introduction

For the research programme on bluff body flows within the Department of Civil Engineering, University of Surrey, the main facilities comprise the wind tunnel and ancillary equipment, together with the main measuring instruments, i.e., the hot-wire and pulsed-wire anemometers.

The period of the present work saw the extension of the working section of the wind tunnel, the installation of a new traversing gear unit and of a simulation system to produce an atmospheric boundary layer. During the progress of the experimental work, arrangements for collecting and analysing data were continuously improved permitting higher sampling rates. The equipment ranged from the Tektronix 31 calculator used init­ially to the more advanced instrumentation such as the Pet 2001 and HP21MX micro-computers which will be described in this chapterc

Recent years have seen an increase in interest in the study of highly turbulent flows associated with bluff bodies, and the use of the pulsed- wire anemometer in the experimental work has made good some of the defic­iencies of previous instruments for this work. The chapter thus includes the development of this anemometer for shear stress measurement which fulfilled one of the aims of extending the proven applicability of the ins trument.

A small part of the experimental work, as will be described, was conducted in the laboratory of the Department of Mechanical Engineering..

3 c2 Wind Tunnel with Models

The low speed open-circuit return type wind tunnel (plate 3 d ) in the Hydraulic Laboratory of the Civil Engineering Department is primarily intended for experimental measurements of bluff body flows. It had init­ially a working section of 1.37m x l o067m and was 4.58m in length; it was extended to 7.63m long soon after the preliminary investigation of the flow over the backward facing step (Chapter 4) and, later, to 9m. This extension permits a much longer working section so that wake flows of models immersed in a thick simulated boundary layer can be better studied.

Page 42: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The tunnel is of blower type with a 100 H.P. motor connected to a belt- driven centrifugal fan and the maximum tunnel speed range can be varied by changing the necessary gear ratio. Within a selected speed range, the velocity variation in the working section can be selected by adjusting the vane angles at the inlet of the fan. A wide angle diffuser and a settling chamber with wire meshes and a honeycomb, followed by a 5:1 contraction ratio are fitted to provide unifbrm flow with low turbulence level in the working section, around 0 .2% at a mean velocity of 8m/s.Before conducting any experimental work, the test rig was usually warmed up for at least an hour for equilibrium conditions to be reached; this process can be speeded up by running the tunnel at maximum speed first.

Between the end of the contraction and the beginning of the test section, a slot permits the modification of the flow conditions by the insertion of a shear velocity profile generator or a biplanar square mesh grid. The latter was designed in accordance with the work of Baines and Peterson (1951) to produce higher free stream turbulence in the preliminary study of flow over the backward facing step; the grid was constructed of wood of bar width 21 mm and mesh length 101 mm giving a solidity ratio of 0.37.

The boundary layer simulation system,.which could be fitted on the rear wall, consisted of a set of vorticity generators (height H = 300 mm), a castellated barrier wall and an aerodynamically rough surface as developed by Counihan (1969) (Plate 3.2 and Figure 3.1). This was used in the study of turbulent flow over two dimensional blocks which were deeply immersed in the boundary layer which has a thickness of some 300 mm. This technique of boundary layer simulation has been used by a number of workers in bluff body flow investigations notably Counihan et al (1974) and Castro (1979) and produces good results for velocity distributions and for intensity and scale of turbulence, (other techniques of simulation of atmospheric boundary layer are summarised in a paper by Hunt and Fernholz, 1975). In addition to the rough wall boundary layer, the opportunity was taken to make use of a simulated smooth wall boundary layer by removing the rough­ness while leaving the vortex generator in place. Obviously, the turbulent intensity and shear stress at, say, a typical block height would be quite different between the two types of roughness and would provide an oppor­tunity, in the present work, to enable the effects of changes in upstream flow characteristics of bluff body flows to be investigated. Unlike the

Page 43: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

case of the rough surface, the castellated barrier wall was replaced by a simple flat topped barrier since it has been found that the flow was two-dimensional with this simple barrier of height 0.067H. Dianat (1980) has given a full account of the boundary layer, with all calibration details e The characteristics of the boundary layers given by the two conditions are summarised below:

CONDITIONS H (mm) b/H Xi/H b'/H 5 (mm) 5i (mm) 62 (mm) n

(i) BLR 300 0.14 1.36 0.043 296 ‘ 57 38 0.24

(ii) BLS 300 0.067 1.36 0 260 30 24 0.132

Table 3.1: Characteristics of simulated boundary layers

where BLS and BLR are the boundary layers associated with smooth and rough surfaces respectively. The rough surface was created by Lego'’slimbricks® (15 mm x 7.5 mm and 3 mm in thickness) placed regularly on a Lego base­board over the whole surface with the longest side spanwise at a packing density of 22% of the surface area. (The Lego baseboard itself has circular elements each of diameter 4.5 mm and 2 mm in thickness occupying a packing density of 25%; it was fastened to the tunnel wall using double­sided adhesive tape). Instead of including Lego 'slimbricks* over the Lego baseboard, a less rough boundary layer can be developed by using the baseboard alone and such work has been undertaken recently by Castro (1978).

The front wall and part of the top were equipped with perspex windows facilitating flow visualization and, generally, the positioning of probes.

The three-way floor-mounted traversing gear used and described by Baker (1977) was employed during experimental measurement of flow over the backward facing step. The measuring probe, connected to the support, was attached to the traversing gear mounted inside the working section and operated from outside. The drive in each of the three directions was by an electrical motor linked to a lead screw; the position was established by means of light-sensitive diodes and electronic counters which were able to measure the distance traversed in terms of the number of revolutions of the screw. By the time the experimental work on two-dimensional bl,ocks was undertaken, the working length of the tunnel had been extended to 9 m, and a new traversing gear had been built located on the top roof of the

Page 44: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

working section between about 3.06 m to 4.6 m from the entrance of the working section. Thus, only the streamlined probe support was within the tunnel (Figure 3.3), by which point the boundary layer was well de­veloped (Dianat, 1980). The maximum streamwise movement of the probe support was about 0.9 m. The positioning of the probe in the region of interest was initially controlled manually from outside through an electrical drive, but later the gear was interfaced with the Pet 2001 micro-computer for fully automated operation.

The backward facing step, the object of the first part of the research programme, was of height 90 mm fully spanning the larger side of the working section. The model, as shown in Figure (3.2), was made of perspex material with thickness of 10 mm except for a panel of porous plastic (Vyon Sheet) shown in white colour in Plate (3.3), to permit suction upstream of the step and so reduce boundary layer thickness. The porous surface which covered the full width of the total surface area for a distance of 627 mm upstream, was glued at the edges and stiffened by a grid of supports also made of perspex material. The underside of the model was located approxi­mately 22 cm above the tunnel floor, supported by legs (Plate 3.3), so as to avoid the effect of floor boundary layer growth. The square edges of the model were carefully formed to avoid any surface irregularity and .to ensure that the flow separated clearly.

As pressure tappings, stainless tubes of inside diameter 1 mm were carefully inserted along the mid-span of the ground board to avoid any surface protrusions which could produce inaccurate results (Zogg and Thomann 1972) . A total of 57 pressure tappings were located between the step face and a point twelve step height downstream and were more closely located, 5 mm apart, in regions, such as the reattachment zone, where high fluctuations of flow occurred. In areas near the mid-length of the re­circulating zone, a distance of 10 mm apart was chosen with 30 mm in the redeveloping boundary layer region. Upstream of the step face, due to the presence of the porous surface, there were no pressure tappings.

Initially, the leading edge of the model was simply the rounded edge of the perspex material, but as flow separation was revealed by the helium bubble visualization technique, this edge was modified by attaching a wooden semi-circular nose of radius about 28 mm. However, a smaller bubble was still then shown to be present near the rounded edge (about

Page 45: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

120 mm in length). The presence of this bubble resulted in a thick boundary layer at the step edge; attempts were made to eradicate this bubble by fitting sandpaper around the nose and, finally, by sticking astrip of sandpaper of width 115 mm just downstream of the nose, the bubblewas totally eliminated. The sandpaper used was to BS Specification 871, Grade S2, Grit No. 40.

The leading edge or nose of the model was located at a distance of about 151 cm from the entrance to the working section so as to ensure a uniform flow across the section before a boundary layer had grown appre­ciably. On occasions when the biplanar grid to generate turbulence was fitted, the initial decay rate of the grid turbulence, which was formed from the coalescence of a series of jets issuing from the holes, was not affected as the leading edge was a distance equal to about 72 times the bar width from the biplanar square mesh grid. (Initially a quick checkhad found that the grid turbulence decay rate was similar to that ofBaines and Peterson, 1951). A schematic view of the location of the model in the wind tunnel is shown in Figure (3.2).

The suction fan for drawing off air from the boundary layer was powered by a 3 H.P. motor located outside the back of the working section and air drawn out was passed through a circular duct of outside diameter 161 mm located in the lower surface.

In the case of the two-dimensional blocks, four models were used made of smooth aluminium plates of thickness 6 mm, while a further one model was made of wood. (The intention was to have a series of models in the rough boundary layer, the largest with reattachment on the top and the shortest without reattachment. The shortest, L/h ratio = 0.5, was also tested in the 'smooth* layer, but, for comparison, a further model, the wooden one, was also tested, its height h being such that the ratio 5 2 A was ‘the same as for the aluminium model, L = 0.5h, in the 'rough* layer) . Each of the models fully spanned the larger side of the working section. All sharp edges of the models were carefully formed and in the case of the wooden model, the surfaces were sandpapered to make it smooth. The height of the wooden model was h = 38.1 mm with width L = 0.5 h whereas in the case of the aluminium models, the height was 63.5 mm with widths L = 0.5 h, h and 2h; the width of the models was varied by interchanging tops while using the same front and rear faces. The plates were carefully

Page 46: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

tapped and screwed at the edges for precise alignment and to avoid any surface protrusions c All the blocks made of aluminium plates were studied in rough wall boundary layer condition but only the block with width of 0.5 h was studied in smooth wall boundary layer condition. In the latter case, a very small gap was found between the bottom edges of the block and the floor surface. To prevent any base bleed, small rubber tubes were used, located in the innerside of the block,* but this inevitably increased the effective height of the model by another 1 mm giving h = 64.5 mm and correspondingly L = 0.492 h; this latter case thus differs from the actual value by about 1.5% which is not felt to be very significant. The wooden model was used in the smooth wall boundary layer condition only. Shown in Plate (3.4) is a typical model made of aluminium plates with width of0.5 h, with pressure tubes connected.

All the aluminium models were pressure-tapped along the mid-span of the surfaces with additional tappings located on either side of the mid­span as a means of checking for two-dimensionality of flow; all pressure taps were made of stainless tube of outside diameter 1 mm inserted flush with the surface. It is not practicable to measure the mean surface pres­sure distribution upstream and downstream of the blocks on the rough boundary, where tappings would be of very doubtful value.

As the new traversing gear system was located at the position earlier described, 3.06 m to 4.6 m from the start of the working section, all two- dimensional blocks were located at ten generator heights downstream of the vorticity generator (Figure 3.3). At this position the boundary layer was well developed and the flow pattern could thoroughly be investigated using the traversing gear.

3.3 Jet Rig

The experimental facility for the free shear layer investigation of an axisymmetric jet which was available in the Department of Mechanical Engineering, was used as part of the research programme, both as an aid for the calibration of instruments and as affording an example of a mixing layer for comparison with the layers associated with the sharp-edged bodies. The circular nozzle with inner diameter 204 mm is at the exit of the contraction of the wind tunnel of open circuit return, the contr- ation ratio being 11.37:1. A sketch of the test rig is shown in Figure (3.4).

Page 47: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The blower type tunnel is driven by a 5 H.P. motor and connected to the belt-driven centrifugal fan with speed variation by means of a variable resistor. Air from the fan passed through a diffuser with a set of honey­comb to smooth the flow followed by the settling Chamber, yielding a low turbulence and uniform flow at the nozzle. The uni-axial traversing gear system, which traverses diametrically across the flow, is driven by motor and fitted with electronic counters fed by pulses from light emitting diodes; it is manually controlled.

The probe was held by a support carried on the traversing gear; it could be aligned at the centreline of the flow, i.e., in line with the centre of the nozzle, by means of a pointed rod which could be adjusted axially and located at the centre of a disk which fitted exactly the inner diameter of the nozzle. The height of the probe support can be adjusted for correct alignment and a check was made at opposite edges of the nozzle before any calibration was made to ensure that the probe was equidistant from both sides of the centreline.

3.4 Instrumentation

3.4.1 Hot-wire anemometry .

This type of anemometry, which has been developed for many years, has been and still is used by many workers in turbulence measurements in the field of fluid mechanics. Although this anemometry is unsuitable in very highly turbulent flow such as in reversed flow regions, it was em­ployed for a number of useful purposes in the research work reported in this thesis. Comparisons of data obtained from this anemometry, i.e., mean velocity and Reynolds stresses, were made with those from the pulsed- wire anemometer so as to test the validity and reliability of this later anemometer, which has been used by a number of workers for measurements of mean velocity and corresponding normal stress only. (The development of the pulsed-wire anemometer for shear stress measurement will be de­scribed later in this chapter). Hot-wire anemometry gives reasonably accurate results in regions where local longitudinal turbulence intensity is less than about 20%. The accuracy of this anemometry has been discussed extensively by Castro (1973), Tutu and Chevray (1975), Bradbury (1976) and others.

Page 48: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

DISA hot-wire probes of both the types Pll and P61 were used as single and crossed-wires respectively with DISA 55MI0 units incorporating 55MIO CTA standard bridges forming the Constant Temperature Anemometers; two anemometers were required when using the crossed-wire.

3 04olcl_Calibration

For all hot-wire calibrations conducted throughout the experimental worl^, the relation

2 n E — Aj[ + (3 o 1)

was used with the calibration constants A* and Bi being found during on­line calibration using a least-square fitting technique and n being chosen as 0*45. Calibration was performed before making any traverse across the flow in order to maintain good accurcay so that effects such as contamin­ation by dirt particles during sampling process appeared to be insignifi­cant . The relation fits well within the speed range of the experimental work, with a maximum reference point velocity of less than 10 m/sc

Yaw calibration for slant wires was conducted frequently to determine the effective yaw angle instead of assuming it to be -t- 45°, since it may not be exactly equal to that angle; the difficulty of measuring it has been reported previously (Bradshaw, 1975) * The crossed-wire probe set in a uniform free stream was mounted either on a disc with angles marked on it or a holder where the angle of yaw was displayed by a counter* The assumption was that the cosine law is accurate, i.e., the wire responds only to the velocity component normal to the wire axis* Frequent cali­bration was done and very little drift in the effective angle was found® Further description of the yaw calibration can be found in Appendix IV.

3*4*1*2 Recording Instruments jisedj^ith Hot-wire_Anemometry_

A number of recording instruments used will be described in this section, in chronological order. As the Tektronix 31 calculator was available in the initial stage of the research work, it was used with the single hot-wire during the preliminary study of flow over the backward facing step, in the region before the step face® Calibration and measure­ment programs for single-wire written by Baker (1977) and stored in magnetic tapes were used. To give a brief description of the data-

Page 49: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

processing, signals output from the Constant Temperature Anemometer were connected to (i) an oscilloscope for displaying the signal, (ii) a digital voltmeter (Hewlett Packard 3470A Type) displaying the instant­aneous output voltage and (iii) a root-mean-square meter (Advance DRM 6 Type) displaying the fluctuating output voltage* Both BCD (Binary Coded Decimal) output signals of the above (ii) and (iii) were fed through an interface to the calculator for on-line sign&l processing; the system was designed so that simultaneous storage of signals were made in- one operation, the calculator controlling the sampling rate of the signals.(A schematic view of the instrumentation can be found in the thesis of Baker).

Before the more detailed experimental investigation of flow over a backward facing step was undertaken, an HP9810A calculator became available® All calibration and measurements programs were written by Dr. I*P® Castro of the Department of Mechanical Engineering and stored in magnetic cards for the calculator* The advantage of this later calculator over the Tektronix 31 calculator is that it has a higher sampling rate; for example, with 2000 samples in single wire measurement the Tektronix 31 calculator takes 20 minutes whereas the HP9810A takes only 2 minutes. It was felt that a sample size of this order is adequate for the present purposes,, by consideration of a normal distribution as described in Appendix IV*With the HP9810A, all data is linearised permitting accurate evaluation of statistical parameters. All measurements of mean velocity and Reynolds stresses downstream of the step were then taken using the crossed-wire®The probe was placed in x - y and x - z planes permitting the measurements of the required statistical quantities®

It is necessary here to give a brief discussion of the auxiliary instruments operated in conjunction with the HP9810A calculator; a block diagram is shown in Figure (3*5). An analogue signal is taken either from hot-wire bridge or millivolt calibrator; after subtracting a known D.C® source value, the signal is then amplified before being converted to digital signal form by the A/D (Analogue-Digital) converter. The digital signal is then changed into BCD form for on-line signal processing after being fed through an interface. With one or two 10-bit A/D converters (maximum output of 1024) in the system corresponding respectively to single hot-wire and crossed-wire measurements, amplifier calibration is required to determine the gain and offset before conducting wire calibration and

Page 50: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

measurement of statistical parameters. The values of gain and offset hardly change since electronic drift in this part of the system is very small. In the work reported in this thesis, amplifier calibration was done for nearly every traverse since it took less than five minutes to do so. Amplifier calibration involves the use of a millivolt calibrator and D.C. source which are connected to the positive and negative terminal respectively of the amplifier. Shown in Figure (3.6) is a plot of the voltage from the millivolt calibrator versus output of the A/D converter. This calibration can only be carried out after the analogue signal from the hot-wire bridge, which is initially connected to the positive terminal of the amplifier, has been checked for Overflows* and ’underflows’ (see Section 3.4.1.3). The positive terminal of the amplifier must be switched to the output of the hot-wire bridge once the amplifier calibration has been done before moving on to the next stage.

The Pet 2001 micro-computer and the corresponding instrumentation developed by Dr. Castro became available before the experimental work on the jet and two-dimensional blocks was conducted. For this system, the digital output of either one or two 10-bit A/D converters is multiplexed into the computers USER PORT; the latter is accessible to BASIC system with PEEK and POKE commands. All updating of the sum of statistical quantities, sampling and averaging processes is done in machine code in order to reduce the time scale. The system also includes a printer (Tele­printer Model 43) in which data can be printed on paper as well as appearing on the screen. The appropriate program is loaded into the computer from a cassette.

Each analogue signal from the hot-wire bridge is digitised by the A/D converter and then acts as a pointer to the appropriate velocity from the look-up tables of velocities, stored in the core, which have been created on the basis of the amplifier and wire calibrations. The techniques adopted here for both calibrations are the same as that with the HP9810A calculator’s system. Once the look-up tables are created, values such as the gain, offset, calibration constants and n obtained initially are no longer needed. Consequently, this enables the present system to operate with a much quicker signal sampling than by applying the transfer function. For the single hot-wire case, two look-up tables are required; one for the linearised velocities and the other for the square of velocities. For each table created, there are 1024 possible values as the A/D converter

Page 51: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

is 10-bit. Consequently, the sampling process for single hot-wire operationis about 2500 samples per second, and it is essential to have adequatesampling time to average out the low frequency content of the signal. Inthe case of the crossed-wire, four look-up tables are required to allow

a athe two velocity components U. and to be generated after performing two simple ADD operations. The forming of squares and crossed products of the two velocity components is done in machine code. Inevitably, the sampling rate for crossed-wire operation is slower, about 151 samples per second. Instructions on the use of anemometry programs as well as the leading operation can be found in the software manual written by Castro (1979a) .

3.4.1.3 'Overflow^' and ‘Underflows'

In contrast to the signal from the hot-wire bridge processed by the Tektronix 31 calculator, the signal in the case of either the HP9810A cal­culator or Pet 2001 micro-computer system has to be checked first before proceeding to amplifier calibration. This is done by placing the probe in high and low intensity regions of the flow of interest so that the analogue signal (from the hot-wire bridge), after the subtraction of the D.Co source value and after being passed through the gain amplifier, falls within the acceptable range of the 10-bit A/D converter, i.e., 0 to 10 volts, otherwise the signal will be clipped off. -If the signal does fall outside this range, compensative adjustments of the amplifier gain and D.C. source are necessary.

With the HP9810A system, the output of the amplifier gain can easily be checked with the help of an oscilloscope, whereas,for the Pet computer system, the use of the written program for such purpose will enable the user to read directly from the screen under the heading ADC if the signal falls within the range. Signals lying outside this range will appear under the heading 'overflows' and 'underflows' in terms of the number of clipped signals.

3.4.1.4 Importance of correction for high turbulence

As described in previous sections both single hot-wire and crossed- wire were used in the experimental work, so that the accuracy of the results would be uncertain when the local intensity exceeds some 20% to 30% (Bradbury, 1976; Castro, 1973). -Although the wires respond only to

Page 52: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the magnitude of the effective velocity cooling and are not affected by change in flow direction, significant errors would occur in highly turbulent region during signal processing due to the dominant effects of rectification and w - component velocity (Tutu and Chevray, 1975) .

Numerical evaluations by Castro (1973) concerning the probability of the instantaneous velocity vector lying within a semi-infinite cone show that, particularly in the case of the crossed-wire, the instrument, due to inadequate yaw response, is likely to suffer from significant measurement errors in regions where local intensity is between 20% to 30%. Smaller errors are likely to occur when velocity vectors lie just outside the cone of interest than when they are far outside. He points out that, where local intensity is 50%, the probability of the velocity vectors approaching from behind one of the wires of a crossed-wire is 20%.

The method of data correction by Tutu and Chevray to crossed-wire measurements in which the measured mean velocity and Reynolds stresses are overestimated and underestimated respectively, was adopted in the work reported in this thesis. From Table 1 of their data presented, the case

= 0.3 was used in the corrections of the required parameters; according to them, corrections were insensitive to changes in axial sensitivity and correlation coefficiente Perhaps it is worthwhile here to mention the assumptions employed by Tutu and Chevray in the application of the cor­rections to raw crossed-wire data. The correlations -uw and -vw were taken as zero, as is found in two-dimensional and axisymmetric flows. Since W is zero and V is usually very small in such flows, both were taken to be zero. For simplicity reasons the joint probability density distribution of the velocity components were assumed normal; obviously, the accuracy of applying the corrections would depend on the probability distribution in the flow under investigation. (For further details, see Appendix IV).

For single hot-wire data, data correction was not applied in the work reported. According to Bradbury (1976), correction factors for both mean velocity and turbulent intensity are very sensitive to the value of K, which is (v^ ) 2 / (u^)2. For a brief discussion here, consider a meas­ured local turbulent intensity of 45%, the percentage errors

with axial sensitivity, K = 0 and correlation coefficient

((actual value - measured value) actual value

Page 53: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

for mean velocity and turbulent intensity at K = 0.5, 1 and 2 are approxi­mately 5%, 20%, 50% and - 7%, - 13%, 13% respectively. Notice the change of sign in percentage errors when K equals 2. The errors becoming ex­tremely large between local intensity of 50% to 60%.

3.4.2 Pulsed-wire Anemometry

The pulsed-wire anemometer, which is able to discriminate between forward and reversed flow, was one of the principal instruments used in the research work. While this anemometer has been used by a number of workers such as Castro (1973a), Castro and Robins (1978), Baker (1977) and others, the potential of this technique has been extended in this thesis to include shear stress measurement using an inclined pulsed-wire probe,i.e., by rotating the probe at an angle to the flow direction. Indeed, Bradbury (1978) had made, some preliminary measurements in this way. This is analogous to the use of inclined hot-wire in shear stress measurement (Fujita and Kovasznay, 1968). The development of this anemometry for such application will be described in the following section and it is hoped that it will help to alleviate problems faced by previous workers especi­ally in measurements associated with highly turbulent reversed flow regions It is hoped in particular that the development of this instrument will permit future research workers in the Department to make direct use of the written programs for future measurements connected with bluff body flows.

(Recent development of laser anemometry, also capable of dis­tinguishing forward and reversed velocities in highly turbulent flow, will be useful in that the relevant data may be compared with that of the pulsed-wire anemometry, particularly as the laser contributes no probe interference. The use of this laser anemometry in measurements of bluff body flows has been reported recently by Crabb et al (1977), Etheridge and Kemp (1978), Cenedese et al (1979), Smyth (1979) and others.)

3.4.2.1 Interfacing with Computer

The effectiveness of the pulsed-wire, as already indicated, was greatly increased by interfacing with a Hewlett Packard 21MX micro-computer which was undertaken as part of the present project as described below. A number of auxiliary instruments together with the micro-computer formed

Page 54: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the measurement system. The computer with its memory of 32000 forms the main body of the system, receiving and exchanging information with various peripherals; a photograph of the instruments is shown in Plate(3.5). The sophisticated 16-bit micro-computer working under the RTE-M (REAL TIME EXECUTIVE - MEMORY BASE) system capable of supporting sixteen terminals at one time was more powerful and faster than an 8-bit micro­computer. All programs are stored on a flexible magnetic disc and channelled to and from the computer through a Disk Drive. All input and output inst­ructions are shown on the screen (HP2645A Terminal VDU) and can also be channelled through the teletype printer (which would be much slower), but this was not necessary in the present work except for the final print-out of the experimental data. With the pulsed-wire anemometer directly inter­faced with the computer, all signal processing, including linearisation of data, is performed on-line.

Four main programs are loaded into the disc for any written program and are the (i) editor, (ii) assembler, (iii) Fortran IV compiler and (iv) relocatable loader. The written program initially corrected by the editor, is stored on the disc. The assembler program, written in machine code, involves two parameters for the present work, i.e., the time of flight of the heat tracer of the pulsed-wire anemometer and the sample time between readings, thus controlling the firing of the heat tracer. The written program in Fortan IV language is passed to the compiler which changes the program into machine language* Any errors will be notified during com­piling and the program must be re-edited and re-compiled until no errors are detected. The corrected program is then passed to the relocating loader, a collecting device which puts the assembler program and compiler together with one or more library routines into the memories of the com­puter for execution - another file is created containing the Fortran and assembler parts, in the present case ’WIRE* is the file name. In fact, a considerable amount of time and effort were spent in writing, checking, correcting and testing the written program so as to ensure correct operation. (The program is more fully described in Appendix I and the manner in which shear flow measurement was incorporated into the use of the instrument is described in the next section).

3.4.2.2 Development of pulsed-wire anemometer for shear measurement

The program written for the shear measurement and other programs

Page 55: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

using the pulsed-wire anemometer is incorporated under the filename ’WIRE*• Assuming that it is loaded, the following will appear on the screen of HP— 2645A Terminal VDU as follows:

PLEASE SELECT A NUMBER1 FOR CALIBRATION2 FOR INPUT CONSTANTS3 FOR REFERENCE POINT VELOCITY4 FOR MIAN VALUES MEASUREMENT5 FOR PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION6 FOR AUTOCORRELATION7 FOR CHECKING SIGNAL8 FOR END OF PROGRAM

and a close view is shown in Plate (3.6). Any selection of the number from 1 to 8 will lead the user to the required program., Appendix I provides a more detailed guide. The program required for shear stress measurement is found in number 4 (see above) and an outline is given below.

It is by far the largest program incorporated with other programs in the file. The written program performs in such a way that from measure­ments of mean velocity and normal stress at any chosen angle of yaw, both at positive and negative orientations to the flow direction (Figure 3.7) and also at zero yaw, calculation may be made of mean lateral velocityf V and corresponding normal stress v^ as well as shear stress -uv, if the plane of the probe is at right angle to the x - y plane of the flow. The plane of the probe is defined as the plane parallel to the axes of all the three wires of the probe. If the plane is only set normal to one of the x, y and z co-ordinate directions, only mean velocity and normal stress in the chosen direction are measured. The assumption in the use of the pulsed-wire anemometer is that the time of flight gives the magnitude of the velocity vector resolved at right angle to the plane of the probe to one of the two sensor wires. In the evaluation of the average statistical quantities, the number of samples with time of flight either ^ 9 9 9 9 ^s or <!- 9999 (js are taken into account. This situation is either due to(i) the velocity vector falling outside the yaw response of the probe or(ii) the velocity at that instant being zero. As discussed by Bradbury and Castro (1971), it is necessary to count it as a zero velocity result.In fact, it is rather difficult to tell which of the above possibilities is involved when 9999 (is is displayed. Time of flight either <:300 (isor ^ - 300 (is is rejected because the two comparators of the anemometer (Malvern Instruments Ltd, 1976) are inhibited from being triggered for

Page 56: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

an initial 300 [is; this prevents any spurious signals giving rise to small time of flight.

Assuming that the departure of the probe yaw response from the ideal cosine law is ignored (for fuller discussion, see paper by Castro and Cheun in Appendix II) and the plane of the probe is at right angle to the x - y plane of the flow, then the mean velocity at positive and nega­tive yaw angle can be written respectively as

U+ = Ucos (|j + V sin ijj (3.2)U_ = Ucos (jj - V sin (j) (3.3)

After some minor manipulations of these equations,U = (U+ + U_) / (2 cost);) (3.4)V = (U+ - U_) / (2 sinijj) (3.5)

Similarly, it can be shown also that the normal stress measured at positiveand negative yaw angle respectively may be expressed as

3 = ? (cos c|))2 + V2 (sin )2 + 2(-uv)(sin (jj)(cos ij))(3.6)

u2 = \? (cos t|) )2 + v2 (sin ^ )2 - 2(-uv) (sin ij;) (cos (Jj )(3.7)

and after manipulation,

v2 = (ii2 + u2 ) - u2 (cost);)2 2_____________

(sint|j)2 (3.8)

and -uv = (u2 - u2 )4 c o s s i n (3.9)

where v2 and -uv are the mean traverse stress and turbulent shear stress respectively. Similarly, statistical parameters in the spanwise direction and turbulent shear stress in the x - z plane can be measured; this re­quires that the plane of the probe intersects at right angle to the x - z plane of the flow.

It has been found in practice that erroneous readings of time of flight do take place when the instrument is set. A useful check is to place the probe in a very turbulent region of the flow and set the in­strument to 'standby* position. Under this situation, the pulsed-wire is not operating while the sensor wires exhibit their direct anemometer response. Thus, unwanted signals,possibly due to noise and uncorrelated with the required turbulence signals, would indicate an apparent high

Page 57: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

velocity. In order to achieve accurate statistical mean values, it is necessary to set velocity limits at the particular point of flow by de­fining the maximum and minimum velocities; any instantaneous velocity falling outside this specified velocity range will be rejected. The number of rejected samples will be printed out separately by the program under the heading of these specified velocities. However, the velocity limits may be adjusted so that genuine results would not be excluded.

The program permits the determination of the percentage of local flow going upstream and downstream at a particular point such as in the re­circulating region. The plane of the probe must be placed at zero yaw for this particular purpose. Initially, it was thought that if the mini­mum and maximum velocities were specified as zero values (because the number of rejected samples of either sensor wires would be printed sepa­rately), then for a given sample size, the percentage of flow in either direction could be worked out. With this idea, the probe would not have to be calibrated for the required constants, but any previous or guessed values would suffice because the accuracy of mean velocity and normal stress is not important here. The disadvantage, however, proved to be that any unwanted signals due to noise giving rise to high velocity (as pointed out in the paragraph above) will be included. The written program can perform using this method, but the accuracy of the data is not very certain and the user is advised not to employ it.

As an alternative, the program was altered slightly so that the number of samples of local flow going in either directions would be recorded separately during the experimental determination of mean velocity and normal stress. In fact, this latter method saves time as far as experi­mental work is concerned. The fraction of local flow going in the re­versed direction is defined in this thesis as

D (No. of samples in the reversed direction)Av rZ .....I ■ ■■ »■■■ ■ ■■ .■—■■■■ ......... ■ ■ (0©iU)(Total samples in both directions)

Similarly, when the pulsed-wire is rotated by (|j = 90° to measure the mean transverse velocity and correspondingly normal stress, the fraction of flow towards the floor, Ry Can also be worked out.

Initially, the evaluation of mean velocity and normal stress for. a given sample size (N) at any angle of yaw in general, in the program were written respectively as

Page 58: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

U;N (3.11)

N1 V a 2and ug = ^ Z-j - UN ) (3.12)

i=lAUi is the instantaneous velocity. This requires the storage of every

32000 memory spaces of the computer minus the spaces allocated to the total size of all programs, the sample size is somewhat limited. In fact, equation (3.12) can be expanded as follows:

It is clearly seen from equation (3.13) that the program need not store every instantaneous velocity, thus the sample size need not be limited. Equations (3.11) and (3.13) were used throughout the program. The ad­vantage of the present system is that it has a higher sampling rate, 50 samples / second, overalljthis is limited ultimately by the time constant of the pulsed-wire.

3.4.2.3 Recording Instruments used with the Pulsed-Wire Anemomemtry

In the preliminary study of flow over a backward facing step, the calibration and measurement programs (stored in magnetic tapes) written by Baker which operated in conjunction with the Tektronix 31 calculator were used. The anemometer was directly interfaced to the calculator causing the firing of the heat tracer, thus controlling the sampling rate and recording data automatically.

The HP21MX micro-computer system, however, with the anemometer as described in the preceding two sections, formed the major instrumentation in the present experimental study on the shear layer associated with the jet and the selected case of the two-dimensional block. Measurements of shear stress were compared with other instruments as will be described in

-~binstantaneous velocity accepted in order to evaluate ug With about

N(2UNUN) + UN

i=l

N(3.13)

Page 59: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the next chapter. All experimental results obtained using this anemometry were adjusted assuming a linear calibration drift, if any, during the course of the experiment; this adjustment is usually small. The linear drift was determined from the initial and final readings of the reference point (Baker, 1977).

3.4.3 Manometers

Two types of manometers were used to monitor the reference point velocity, (i) a Betz type manometer and (ii) the null reading inclined tube manometer of Combustion Instruments Ltd; these instruments operated satisfactorily within the speed range of the experimental work.

3.4.4 Instruments used for mean surface pressure measurement

For this particular purpose, a Furness electrical manometer was used with a digital voltmeter (Hewlett Packard 3470A Type) which was then interfaced to the Tektronix 31 calculator for on-line signal processing. Again, programs written by Baker were used for the measurement. Cali­bration between the manometer and voltmeter was first carried out to ob­tain the conversion factor, which was then 'keyed1 into the measurement program before proceeding to taking samples.. A bicycle pump was frequently used to pump air through the pressure tubes to eliminate any blockage of particles before conducting the experiment.

3.4.4^1_Twin-tube_technique

A twin-tube was constructed by soldering together two Preston tubes of outside diameter 1.638 mm with one end of both tubes sealed. A small hole was drilled on each tube on opposite sides of the axis of symmetry and the probe was mounted with its axis at right angle to the x - co­ordinate direction, downstream of the backward facing step. It was posi­tioned near the reattachment zone and assessment of mean-reattachment , point was taken as the position where the measurement pressure difference between the two holes was zero. This technique was introduced by D r .Castro (Department of Mechanical Engineering; recent work by Castro and Fackrell (1978) showed an accuracy of around -f 0.5h). It appeared thus to offer a quick way to find the approximate mean reattachment point.

The pressure difference was measured by connecting the open ends

Page 60: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

of both tubes to the Furness electrical manometer in which the analogue output was channelled to a Time Domain Analyser JM1860 which has an integration time of 500 milliseconds.; This simple twin-tube technique is only applicable in experiments in which the groundboard is smooth and is unsuitable for the 'rough* floor. Preliminary work using a strain gauge and thermocouple device for the 'rough* floor will be described in the next section.

3.4.5 Strain gauge and differential thermocouple technique

Due to the difficulties or indeed impossibility of finding the approximate reattachment length of the separated shear flow behind bluff bodies having 'rough* floor condition using either twin-tube or oil-mixture techniques, a device using a strain gauge and differential thermocouple was investigated as offering a possible alternative. Dr. Toy of the Department of Civil Engineering was the initiator of this, latter technique; it became available at a very late stage of the experimental work.

Basically, this technique comprises a strain gauge located in between two thermocouples located o n .the top surface of a Lego 'brick* similar to the ones used throughout the rough surface, but having the circular elements removed to leave a plane top surface. The two thermo­couples were linked through a conductor known as Constantan. The distance between the strain gauge and thermocouple was not measured directly since this technique was part of a trial, but it was approximately 3 mm. Further detailed study in the use of this technique is being continued by another researcher within the Department at the time of writing this thesis. The operation of this technique allows the heat tracer released from the strain gauge to be sensed by one of the two thermocouples, depending on the flow direction at that instant. Consequently, the distance apart must not be too wide, otherwise, the heat tracer might be missed by the thermocouple.

There is a 4 - 5 volts power supply to the strain gauge; the Aplab Regulated DC Power Supply (Type LVE 30/2) was used. The differential thermocouple is connected to a amplifier followd by a Time Domain Analyser where readings are recorded.

3.5 Flow visualization

Tufts of cotton about 2 - 3 cm long and helium bubble flow visualization

Page 61: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

techniques were employed for observing the approximate reattaching region and general flow behaviour of the flow over the backward facing step and two-dimensional blocks. (The oil-mixture technique to visualize surface flow properties such as checking for two-dimensionality of flow and locating reattachment position was not possible here since all models were placed vertically (section 3.2). If such a mixture is used, it must be thick enough not to be affected by gravity, but as the local velocity near re­attachment is small and might not be able to move the mixture adequately and thus could lead to misleading results).

3.6 Summary

It will be apparent from this chapter that equipment used in the acquisition of statistical samples ranged from a desk-top calculator to the more advanced micro-computer system. The measuring devices, then, seem adequate especially with the availability of the pulsed-wire ane­mometer for this research work since many previous measurements on bluff body flows resorted to conventional instruments. The project serves to stress the importance of injecting new ideas or thoughts into existing techniques as time proceeeds.

The wind tunnel used in this research work enables the use of reasonably large models so that local areas of investigation are not too small, the latter is one of the two important restrictions in the use of the pulsed-wire anemometer (Malvern Instruments Ltd., 1976).

All experimental measurements conducted within the scope of the research program will be put forward in the next chapter.

Page 62: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 4: EXPERIMENTAL MEASUREMENTS

4.1 Introduction

As indicated earlier, the experimental study reported in this thesis is intended as a contribution to the further understanding of bluff body flows, with emphasis on the near wake region; Particular interest is taken in the separated shear layer originating from sharp edged corners and the important data collected provides further information in this area. In a later section, comments will be made including comparison with previous studies, some of which had been undertaken with instrumentation less suit­able for measurements in recirculating flow region.

The gaps in understanding of the near wake region associated with bluff body flows left by previous studies determined the selection of simple two-dimensional models suitable for the present work, namely the backward facing step and the two-dimensional block; the shear layer of the axisym- metric jet was included as affording a valuable comparison and also a situation well-suited to calibration purposes. All the experimental work was performed within the region of Reynolds number insensitivity; the results are usually presented in a non-dimensional manner based upon reference point velocity and body height or upon the jet exit velocity and nozzle diameter.

The substantial quantity of data taken during the experimental work has been reduced into graphical rather than tabular form since presentation of results in this way probably makes the information more accessible to the reader.

4.2 Backward Facing Step

The simple backward facing step was the first shape to be selected for the experimental study and was a sequel to the work of Baker (1977) which formed part of the research program within the Civil Engineering Department. The present model with a step height of 90 mm as shown in Figure (3.2) was used throughout while upstream boundary layer thickness and free stream turbulence were varied. In order to achieve a large difference in boundary layer thickness for the present purpose, the idea of boundary layer suction was considered. Boundary layer suction can also

Page 63: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

be usefully employed to prevent flow separation, for example in aerofoil study and in a similar manner energy was removed from the boundary layer through the porous surface upstream of step face (Section 3.2).

An alternative way of achieving a difference in boundary layer thickness would have been to use a trip. This technique, however, produced only a small difference, for example in the 'work of Tani et al (1961) who placed a trip of 5 mm high at a distance of 6 cm from the leading edge ' which was 80 cm from the step face. Besides, the idea of using a trip is to set the step at different position on a fixed boundary layer; this requires considerable extension to the rear face of a particular model to achieve a small change in thickness. This latter idea was considered to be unsuitable as it required repeated re-positioning of the model. Such a task would be tedious and risk the possibility of causing misalignment. Therefore, the choice of adopting boundary layer suction was considered to be the appropriate method in the present project.

Other workers have set up a backward facing step using the fairing in the contraction as in the case of Bradshaw and Wong (1972), Chandrsuda (1975), Kim et al (.1978) and Eaton et al (1979). Obviously, the boundary layer thickness formed in this manner will be thin, but it depends upon the length to the step face or upon the presence of a trip.

As pointed out earlier (Section 3.2), the rounded nose of the model's leading edge was initially found not suitable and improvement was made using a sandpaper strip. This allowed several upstream flow conditions to be studied in the preliminary work (Section 4.2.2).

4.2.1 Two-dimensionality of flow

The model was certainly geometrically two-dimensional, but it was essential to check for two-dimensionality of the flow as an initial step.Any surface irregularity, say, at the step edge, could lead to three- dimensionality in the mean flow pattern. A check for mean longitudinal velocity distributions at different sections along the spanwise direction was therefore made before and after the step. The flow was found to be two-dimensional within the range of the traversing gear, between z/h =-V 4.5 where z/h = 0 at mid-span. With the model having an aspect ratio (spanwise length / step height) of 15.24, this value is greater than the

Page 64: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

minimum value of 10 suggested by Brederode (1974) in order to achieve two-dimensionality of flow around the mid-span region of the model. All the experiments reported here were performed at or near the mid-span region•

4.2.2 Preliminary Study

Despite the many reported works on reattaching flow over the backward facing step as reviewed in Section (2.2), there are wide discrepancies among the data reported. These involve the reattachment length, base pressure and turbulence parameters. Thus, with a reported reattachment length lying within the range x = 5h to 8h, where x is measured from the step face, a recent report by Kuehn (1980) has pointed out the significant effect due to tunnel width ratio W2/W 1 where Wj and W2 are the tunnel widths before and after the step respectively. Again, with discrepancies in turbulence parameters, Gesso (1975) deduced that differences in geometry and method of collecting and analysing the data were responsible; Davies and Snell (1977) suggested that either upstream conditions or unspecified anemometry techniques employed by various authors accounted for differences. Among all the work previously reported, most was performed with a low free stream turbulence level of less than 1% (Table 2.1a - b), and lately Eaton and Johnston (1980b) have recommended future studies to include the effect of higher turbulence level.

With the facilities described for the controlling of upstream conditions, four cases were chosen for the preliminary study, these four cases are as follows, case (1) - Smooth flow condition with boundary layer thickness some two-thirds of the step height, case (2) - Smooth flow condition with boundary layer much reduced by suction, case (3) - Flow with grid turbulence and case (4) - Flow with grid turbulence and with boundary layer thickness reduced by suction. Henceforward, in the work reported here, each condition will be called according to its case number. The free stream turbulence level at x/h = 0 with and without the presence of grid turbulence at Ur = 9 m/s was 3.5% and 0.24% respectively. (Ur is the reference velocity at x/h = -1 and y/h = 6 monitored by a pitot-static tube). The boundary layer before the step face was turbulent for all these cases and its thickness, normalised by the step height, i.e«5 /h, was as follows; case (1) - 0.66, case (2) - 0.13, case (3) - 0.5 and case (4) - 0.35. Clearly, it is seen here that the boundary layer thickness was greatly reduced in both cases with boundary layer suction with smooth

Page 65: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

flow, but much less in the one with grid turbulence present.

The objective in this preliminary work was to find out whether higher free stream turbulence was associated with any tendency to earlier reattach­ment o To fulfil this objective, measurements of mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress were taken for all cases at 3h downstream of the step.Mean velocity profiles are shown in Figure (402a)o Figure (4.2b) shows more detailed variation for normal stress than for mean velocity especially for the peak values in the highly turbulent region. All the data were normalised by the free stream velocity at y/h = 3. This downstream station (x/h = 3) was chosen as it lies somewhere near the mid-length of the re­circulating region and in an area where maximum reversed velocity occurs; it was used to evaluate the effective velocity difference across the shear layer. Measurements were made using the pulsed-wire and the Tektronix. 31 system. As the sampling rate of this system was quite low (Section 3.4.1.2), 1000 samples were taken in the highly turbulent and reversed flow regions, and 300 samples in the free stream. The experimental uncertainties of mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress at local intensity of 50% were around •+ 5% and +• 10% of the measured values respectively.

It was thought that it would be of interest to examine the transverse variation of velocity against distance normalised by the local shear layer thickness. This thickness, Ay> is arbitrarily measured for present purposes by the difference in distance from the floor where the local mean velocity,U is 0.2 and 0.9 times the maximum velocity across the profiles. The data of the four cases normalised in this fashion as shown in Figure (4.3) reveal a good degree of agreement. Measured data using the pulsed-wire anemometry (PWA) by previous workers in such flow are few. Nevertheless, the data of Baker which was available is compared with the present data. (The data of Eaton et al could not readily be extracted from their paper published due to the small size of the plots) . The velocity profiles taken with the laser anemometer (LA) of Etheridge and Kemp are included.

Mean surface pressure distributions at various downstream stations have been plotted in the form of pressure coefficient,

P “ P 01Cp = (4.1)* P U01

where P q and U qj are the reference static pressure and velocity at x/h =- 7.5 and y/h =4.7. The reference point for this particular purpose was chosen so as to accord with Baker's work in term of the number of step

Page 66: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

heights upstream of the step face. In fact, a check initially carried out revealed no transverse static pressure gradient at this reference point, which was in the free stream. A sample size of 1000 and 300 was taken within and near the recirculating zone, and further downstream of reattachment, i.e., the redeveloping region respectively. Frequent calibration was carried out during the course of the experimental work, uncertainty in Cp being found to be around +'0.02 of the measured value.

Since, as described earlier (Section 3.2), the section of the surface before the step face was porous, this allowed no opportunity for any mean surface pressure measurement to be taken nor was the base pressure directly measured. According to the detailed pressure measurement of Baker, the base pressure was almost constant between the separation point and x = 0.07h. Since therefore the nearest static port was 5 mm of 0.056h from the step face, the base pressure value can thus be determined approximately from the value measured at this location. While the results of Figure (4.4) indicate that the base pressure coefficient Cp^ is sensitive to upstream conditions, this is in contrast to the work reported by Tani et al (1961)(see next chapter for further comments).

Roshko and Lau (1965) presented a reduced pressure coefficient plot to represent pressure distributions after separation for various forebody shapes. The reduced coefficient, defined as

Cp. = (Cp - Cp . ) / (1 - Cp . ) (4.2)1 *min ^min '

plotted against x/x^ has been found by Kim et al to produce good agreement up to reattachment and Baker too found reasonable agreement with other workers with differences taking place beyond reattachment. The reduced pressure coefficient plot of the four cases is then shown in Figure (4.5). Although the mean reattachment position was not determined from the zero mean dividing streamline, it can be estimated according to the suggestion of Chandrsuda (1975), who pointed out a discrepancy of only 1.5% less than the value achieved from surface flow visualisation technique. The extensive measurements by Narayanan et al (1974) for h = 38 mm and Baker with blockage ratio (h/^) of 10.85% and 9.1% respectively are selected for comparison as these ratios are near to the present value of 10.75%. Included in the plot are the two cases of Kim et al with large blockage ratio of 25% and 33.3%. Data of these workers will.be included in any pressure distribution plot.

Page 67: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Narayanan et al indicated a reasonable similarity in the pressure distributions if plotted in a different reduced coefficient of the form

CP2 “ (P “ Pjnin ^max ” ^min^ (4.3)plotted against (x - x*)/h where x*/h is the distance from the step face to the point downstream where i(Cpmax - Cpmin) occurs. As the boundary geometry was the same in the four cases, (x - x*)/x^ is considered as perhaps the more appropriate normalised coordinate. Again here, x^ /h was estimated in the manner described in the paragraph above. The present data are plotted as

Cp3 = (Cp - Cpmin) / (Cpmax - Cpmin) (4.4)versus (x - x*)/xR as shown in Figure (4.6). Equations (4.3) and (4.4) yield the same in non-dimensional values.

Recently a further attempt was made by Kim et al to normalise the pressure coefficient so as to overcome the effect due to variation of channel width by using the form

cp4 = (Cp - Cpmin) / (CPg^ - Cpmin) (4.5)

versus x/h, where C p g ^ is Borda-Carnot pressure coefficient. The latter is defined as

2Wi WjCpB-c = (1 - i£-> (4-6>

Although their data indicate a good degree of agreement, this is not so in the four cases studied as shown in Figure (4.7).

4.2.3 Selected Cases

From the work carried out in the preliminary study, it appeared that the effect of higher free stream turbulence did not indicate any pronounced evidence of earlier reattachment apart from its indirect effect upon the boundary layer before the step (see Section 5.1.3 for further comments).It was then decided to concentrate on the two cases with different boundary layer thickness with low turbulence level in the free stream in each; more detailed measurements are taken of these two cases. These cases, in fact, correspond to cases (1) and (2 ) but hereafter will be designated case (A) ’thick boundary layer’ and case (B) 'thin boundary layer* re­spectively since the work was carried out in slightly altered circumstances

Page 68: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

after an extension to the working section of the wind tunnel0 The mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress of the boundary layer of these selected cases at step edge are shown in Figures (408) and (4.9) re­spectively with the parameters as shown below:

Cases 6 /h 61/h 62/hA 0.67 COooo . 0.046B r-too 0.007 0.0017

Table 4.1: Boundary Layer parameters of selected cases

The displacement thickness, 6 ^, and momentum thickness, wereobtained by calculating the areas under the curves of (1 - U/Ue) versus y/h and U/Ue (1-U/Ue) versus y/h respectively where Ue is equal to 0.99Um .

The HP9810A system which permits large acquisition of samples became available during this particular work. A crossed-wire array was used throughout the work to measure the required statistical quantities. (The pulsed-wire anemometer was temporarily out of use and, in any case, if interfaced with the desk-top calculator then available would not have permitted the taking of such large samples in a comparable time). As its accuracy is somewhat uncertain in highly turbulent and reversed flow regions, the measurements presented are limited to those made in regions where local longitudinal intensity is not more than 50% where meaningful corrections can be made (Tutu and Chevray, 1975). The crossed-wire has been used in many previous studies on step flow, but most of the data reported were not corrected for rectification and w-component of velocity. The corrected data in the work reported here should therefore afford interesting comparisons.

In this near wake region of the flow, six selected stations x/h =1 to 6 were initially considered for detailed measurements for case (A), the last station at x = 6h lies somewhere in the reattachment zone.For case (B), three stations, i.e., x/h = 1 , 3 and 5 were selected as being adequate for purposes of comparison with case (A); x/h = 1 is near to the initial separation, x/h = 3 is somewhere in the mid-length of the recirculating zone and x/h = 5 is near the reattaching zone, so that any difference between the measured parameters of these two cases will be distinct at these stations. In highly turbulent areas such as those where peak stresses occur, 10,000 samples were taken. Experimental

Page 69: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

uncertainties for mean velocity and Reynolds stresses were.around + 2% and + 5% respectively. The errors were much less than 1% in the free stream where around 400 samples were taken.

Figure (4.10) shows the mean longitudinal velocity profiles of the two selected cases. It may be seen that the shear layer of case (B) curves more sharply towards the step face. As before, the mean velocity profiles of the shear layer of cases (A) and (B) are compared with data of the jet, Figure (4.11). Also for comparison are mean velocity data of the step of Baker (1977), and Etheridge and Kemp (1978), as shown in. Figure (4.12).Due to the lack of precise detail in the low velocity region where local turbulence is excessively high, it is not possible to plot in the manner as shown previously in Figure (4.3). Nevertheless, from these profiles, it is again possible to work out a somewhat arbitrary value indicative of the separated shear layer thickness (— r— ) » in this case taking the dif-. ■ i n ­ference in height of points where local mean velocity is 0.45 Um and 0.8 Um(Figure 4.13a). These local velocities are chosen as spanning the regionwhere velocity gradient ( ^U/ by) is steepest, a region where intensivemixing occurs. The spreading rate, arbitrarily defined as showndxin Figure (4.13b), is more rapid in case (A) with the thick boundary layer. Figure (4.14) shows the mean transverse velocity distributions of the- two selected cases; it must be stated here these data are not corrected since Tutu and Chevray's work contains no correction for this parameter. The difference between the two cases is small and the distributions indicate the trend in typical reattaching flow of this kind.

Figures (4.15),(4.16) and (4.17) show the distributions of meanlongitudinal normal stress (u ), mean transverse normal stress (v ) andturbulent shear stress (-uv) respectively for the two cases. The resultshere indicate the consistency of the difference between the two cases.Considerable scatter was found in the turbulent shear stress at x = 4h ofcase (A). On later consideration this might have been due to contaminationof the wire by smoke introduced into the tunnel by another worker. Althoughthe scatter is not large in the normal stresses distributions (Figures 4.15and 4.16), turbulent shear stress is perhaps more sensitive since it isthe cross-product of two velocity components, u and v. Although Tutu andChevray's correction applies to statistical parameters taken with the planeof crossed-wire in line with the x - y plane, the correction of the mean

T 2spanwise normal stress, w can be attempted. It is done by using the same

Page 70: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

correction factor that is used to correct v since according to them,the percentage error between the measured and true values are not verysensitive to axial sensitivity and correlation coefficient,, Corrected

“2values of w lead to the calculation of the turbulent kinetic energy,“2 ~2k = ( u + v + w ), normalised as shown in Figure (4.18).

Peak Reynolds stresses at various stre'amwise positions are comparedwith previous data. Figures (4.19), (4.20) and (4.21) show the comparison

” 2 ”2of u , v , and - uv respectively. It is interesting to note that the corrected data of the present work using the crossed-wire (CHW), presented in Figure (4.19) agrees closely with those of the pulsed-wire (PWA) and laser (LA) anemometers. Included in Figure (4„19) are the data of Chandrsuda taken with single hot wire (SHW) and crossed-wire (CHW).Included in Figure (4„21) is the envelope of data suggested as reasonable by Eaton and Johnston (1980a) to eliminate several sets of data which apparently had measurement difficulties. Comparison is also made of the results in Figures (4.15), (4„16) and (4.17) with corrected data,for the jet as shown in Figures (4.22), (4.23) and (4.24) respectively - see also Section (4.4). Again, although the data for the step flow indicate a similar trend to those of the jet, no. attempt has been made to assign a possible xQ as for the jet data. Nevertheless, the comparison between the two types of shear layer is indicated. .

The reattachment point found by using the twin-tube technique (section 3.4.4.1) was used in the normalised co-ordinate, (x - x^) / h of Figures (4.19), (4.20) and (4.21) for cases (A) and (B). Surprisingly, the mean reattachment position of both cases was found to be virtually identical at x = 5.2h. This is perhaps due to the cancelling out of conflicting influences.

Since all measurements were performed within the Reynolds number insensitivity range of the flow, no further surface pressure measurements were taken for the selected cases, but similar distributions to those of cases (1) and (2 ) might be expected.

4.2.4^Predictions of flow over the step using a jiumerical jnethod of analysis

The opportunity was taken to compare the experimental results with the predictions of mathematical modelling. This is not however one of the

Page 71: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

main objectives in the research program. The coverage of this part of the work is not therefore intended to be extensive, but rather, it will be briefly discussed. A version of the program "Champion" developed by Pun and Spalding (1976), using the k - £ mathematical model of turbulence to predict the turbulent recirculating flow and already adopted for the backward facing step by Baker (1977), was available on tape in the Uni­versity Computing Unit; it could easily be run, therefore, with the present data.

The present purpose was to observe the trend of the predicted values between cases (A) and (B) and also to compare them with experimental data. Unlike Baker's study in which values of U, k and £ were specified for the inlet plane at x/h = - 5, they were specified in the present cases at x/h = 0. This is because of boundary layer suction of case (B) of which the "Champion" program can take no account. While this problem does not arise for case (A), the inlet plane at x/h = 0 was chosen mainly so as to have a similar situation for comparison between the predicted values of the two cases. The mean longitudinal velocity and the turbulent kinetic energy was taken from the crossed-wire measurement but the turbulent energy dissipation rate of the initial boundary layer of both cases was taken from Klebanoff's results (1955).. .

The rectangular grid constructed over the flow domain required some modification. This included the adjustment of the inlet plane to x/h = 0, changes to the step height and to the flow width measured form the model's surface (before the step) to the opposite wall of the wind tunnel, andthe addition of a finer 62 x 35 grid.

The quantitative information provided by the program includes the mean velocity , turbulent kinetic energy, pressure field and other variablesFor the present purposes, the mean longitudinal velocity and surfacepressure distribution were plotted in Figures (4.25) and (4.26) respectively and normalised by the appropriate value in the free stream at x/h = 0 .

4.3 Axisymmetric Jet-Free Shear Layer

The incompressible turbulent mixing layer .of the axisymmetric jet is one of the simplest free shear flows and has been investigated by many researchers. Measurements of statistical quantities in the mixing layer

Page 72: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

region have been widely taken using hot-wire techniques. Other work reported (Yule, 1978) involved an attempt to obtain better understanding of the flow structure in the mixing region. Large discrepancies among published data relating to such matters as the virtual origin, spreading rate, similarity parameters and maximum turbulent intensity of the self­preserving profiles, prompted Hussain and Zedan (1978a and b) to consider the importance of initial conditions. In their work, the initial conditions specified consisted of the boundary layer state, Reynolds number based on momentum thickness and peak value of turbulent intensity ( / u ). The measurements described below may, then, be seen against the background of other work, but, primarily, they afford a comparison with the work on the two-dimensional step and block based upon carefully specified conditions and with comparable instrumentation.

4.3.1 Measurements

The study here concentrates solely on (a) the measurement of meanvelocity and Reynolds stresses using the pulsed-wire and crossed-wire andon the comparison between them and (b) the comparison of mean longitudinalvelocity and Reynolds stresses of this shear layer with that associatedwith square-edged bluff bodies (although the two types of shear flow a.redifferent in certain aspect ). The experiment was performed at a jet exitvelocity, U_- , typically 8 tt/s, giving a Reynolds number based on nozzle

5diameter of 1.1 x 10 . The smooth contraction of the nozzle was assumed to create a laminar boundary layer at the exit and was not tripped.

Initially, traverses using the single hot-wire were made across the shear layer at a number of stations downstream of the nozzle exit to check for self-similarity of mean longitudinal velocity and normal stress profiles. From the mean velocity and normal stress distributions of Figures (4.27) and (4,28) respectively, it is evident that the flow achieves self-simil- arity. The co-ordinates of the virtual origin of the mixing layer, xq and y , are deduced by plotting the line of constant 0.25Um and 0.9Um at various downstream station (in this case, Um is equal to U Q ). Values of xq and yQ were found to be -0.4D and 0.01D respectively. With such a high sampling rate when using single hot-wire with the Pet micro-computer system (Section 3.4.1.2), something in the region of 75,000 samples were taken in area where local longitudinal intensity exceeds 20%. Experimental un­certainties of mean velocity and normal stress were small and within + 2%

Page 73: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

and + 4% respectively of the measured values in the region where local intensity is around 50%.

The crossed-wire was used to measure the required statistical quan­tities at x/D = 2 .5. As the sampling rate is much slower than when using the single hot-wire, around 10,000 samples were taken where the local intensity exceeded 20%. At local intensity of around 50%, the uncertainties of mean longitudinal velocity and Reynolds stresses were within + 5% and +_ 10% of the measured values respectively. Figures (4.29a) and (4.29b) show the mean streamwise and transverse velocities respectively. In the latter, considerable scatter was found especially around the centre of the shear layer. With V an order of magnitude less than U, the scatter waschiefly due to the slight imperfection of nozzle symmetry. Thus, the

“2 ~2 __mean of the scatter is presented. Data for u , v and - uv were ob­tained and shown in Figures (4.30), (4.31) and (4.32) respectively with the mean and scatter indicated by a dashed line and bar respectively.Since all these data except V could be corrected, they can provide useful comparison with data of the pulsed-wire anemometer.

The use of the pulsed-wire, rotated in the manner as shown in Figure (3.7) so as to measure the required statistical quantities as described in Section (3.4.2.2) is perhaps the first application of the kind in this type of shear flow. About 10,000 samples were taken when local longitudinal intensity exceeded around 20%. Statistical errors of mean longitudinal velocity and Reynolds stresses, say at local intensity of 50% were about + 5% and + 10% of the measured value respectively. Since it takes slightly less than 4 minutes to average out 10,000 samples with the HP21MX system, it therefore takes about 12 minutes to take statistical quantities at 0° and 45° of yaw in order to work out the required para­meters. Comparisons with crossed-wire data are shown in Figures (4.29) to (4.32). Also included in Figure (4.29a) is the mean longitudinal velocity obtained at 0° of yaw and corresponding normal stress (Figure 4.30) of a separate traverse, an indication that the data is consistent and reproducible.

The jet facility served, in fact, for the testing of the calibration and measurement programs (Section 3.4.2.2) which were then used for the detailed measurements described.

Page 74: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

4.4 Two-Dimensional Blocks

The four simple models representing the two-dimensional blocks formed the final part of the experimental study in the research programme. Each of the models was located in the manner shown in Figure (3.3). Immersed in the thick turbulent boundary layer, they bear some resemblance to typical long low buildings in a real life’ situation, with the long axis perpendicular to the flow direction. Unlike that of the backward facing step, the separated shear layer which originates from the upwind corner of the block is deflected and may reattach on the top surface. Should such a situation arise, the flow will tend to redevelop and sep­arate again like that of the backward facing step, but this depends on the streamwise length of the block. Therefore, the number of regions possessing recirculating flow can be either two or three. The level of turbulence in the upstream boundary layer, say at block height, may have a significant effect in causing reattachment on the top surface. In Figure (4.33) is shown the flow behaviour of a simple two-dimensional block (L = 0.5h) immersed in a thick boundary layer, with no reattachment on the top surface. (L is the streamwise length of the block).

4.4.1 Two-dimensionality of flow .

The checking of two-dimensionality of flow formed the initial part of the work. This was done by means of taking spanwise surface pressure distributions on the front and rear faces of the model. The spanwise positions were z/h = 0, + 3 . 6 and + 7.2. Measurements of this kind were made for all the models made of aluminium plate (Section 3.2); from all measurements taken, the flow was two-dimensional over the wide range covered by the tappings. The aspect ratio (AR) of these models was about 2 1 . It was seemed reasonable to assume that, for the solid wooden model also, with its carefully sharpened corners, the flow was two-dimensional, except for end-effects, since the aspect ratio was 36.

4.4.2 preliminary _Study

It is clear from the review of literature (Chapter 2) that there is a lack of understanding of the near wake region associated with two-dimen­sional blocks immersed in a thick boundary layer. Most previous studies focussed mainly on turbulent flow over this simple block with undisturbed

Page 75: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

boundary layer thickness of the order of block height, for example in the work of Baker (1977), Crabb et al (1977), Castro and Fernholz (1980) and others. Recently some work has been reported of the far wake region of the flow associated with two-dimensional block in which the undistrubed boundary layer thickness is several times the block height (Castro, 1979).

In this part of the experimental study', several cases were considered involving thick boundary layers with smooth and rough floor conditions.All experimental measurements were taken at the mid-span region and op­erated at reference point velocity of 7 m/s with a low free stream turbu­lence level of less than 1%; the reference point velocity with and without the presence of the blocks differs by not more than 1%. (The reference point was located at 74 cm and 77 cm upstream of the front face of the model and above the floor respectively).

The development and calibration of the boundary layers in both floor conditions was initially undertaken by Dianat (1980). In the present work, measurements of mean longitudinal velocity and energy at x/h = - 4.63 with and without the presence of the block were made with both the smooth and rough walls (Figures 4.34 and 4.35); the undistrubed profiles are very different between the two cases. In fact, the data of the undisturbed profiles were compared with DianatJs original calibration and showed good agreement. Although the smooth floor condition does not represent any particular form of typical roughness on the earth's surface, bluff body studies involving such a condition in laboratory work will be useful for purposes of comparison. The various parameters of the five cases con­sidered in the preliminary work are given in the Table 4.2.

In the Table and all subsequent figures, the appropriate zero plane displacement of about 4 mm for the rough wall has been subtracted from h and 5 c, Also in the Table, the blockage ratio for cases with rough wall condition was worked out with the subtraction of the thickness of the Lego baseboard. Hereafter, each of these cases may be designated accordingly as case (1), case (2 ) etc.

By keeping the ratios of boundary layer parameters to block height the same as in cases (1) to (3), the effects due to the streamwise length, L, could be studied. Typical effects relate to the promotion of reattach­ment on the top surface, the separated shear layer thickness, turbulence

Page 76: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

B5* 6* BCM CO CO CO B B=£ CO CO CO CO Oo O O 0 0X! to to to CO CO

A BS BS bCO CO CO CM CO\ o e o 0 •IlCM C'" toIC3 rH T-l rH

CQ<pcqA as~\ ooE3 t> t> t> 00 00 CD\ o O o 0 • >3> o o o O - o •Hv-/ «H

<DA•P

A CO CO CO CO t>\ CO CO CO CO CO *HCM 0 0 0 0 e 0O o o o O • o 'HCQJh0)J3 to to to 00 -P\ a 05 05 CDT-l o o 0 » o Soo o o o o o cJUdft

A CO CO CO CO CQ\ o 05 05 00 o 3o e o o o 0 OCD •Hud>

.d to to to\ 0 • •o rH CM o o CM

ftAs rH to CQ6 0 0 <s_/ o O o 00 H,3 CO CO CO CO CO

A A'A A A +> -p0 bo bo bo 0 oo 3 3 3 o or—t 0 O 0 s Eft OS PS os CQ CO

cq(\\/

vyCO rH CM CO to(3O

Page 77: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

properties and the recirculation length behind, the block. Further, in the light of the work of Castro (1980b), the ratio of momentum thickness of undisturbed boundary layer to block height 6 2/b appeared to be a significant parameter with respect to the reattaching length of the shear layer. For the purpose of studying this particular parameter, case (4 ) with the smaller block is comparable to that of case (1) although the ratio of undisturbed boundary layer thickness to block height is somewhat different. To extend the work on the block with L = 0.5h, case (5) was therefore included (h and hence 6 /h being nearly the same as case (1), 6 2/*1 being changed) in the experimental study. This gave a reasonable range in the work reported here allowing useful comparisons to be made.

For all these cases a single hot-wire was used throughout the work in conjunction with the Pet microcomputer system so that a large sample size of at least 75,000 could be taken where local longitudinal intensity was greater than about 20%. Experimental uncertainties were small, similar to those described in Section (4.3.1). For all cases set in the rough boundary layer but with different streamwise lengths, the mean longitudinal velocity distributions are shown in Figures (4.36) to (4.38). Clearly the length of the block has an effect upon the shear layer and indeed upon the whole pattern of flow with an earlier downstream reattachment in the case with L = 2h. In Figures (4.39) to (4.41) are shown the mean longitudinal velocity distributions of the three cases with L = 0.5h. Due to the limited movement of the traversing unit in the streamwise direction (Section 3.2), it was not possible to include measurements at x = lOh for case (5), since with h = 64.5 mm, this station falls outside the range of the traversing gear. For case (4), however, it was possible to take measurements up to x = 15h since the block height was only 38.1 mm; the mean velocity profiles at x = llh to 15h are shown in Figure (4.42). Comparing the three cases with L = 0.5h it is seen that the shear layer of case (1) curves inwards much earlier than the other cases. All results were normalised by the ref­erence point velocity, Ur , with the block in position. There appeared no great advantage in relating all data to the reference value in the absence of the block.

The normal stress distributions of the three cases with different block length in the rough boundary layer are shown in Figures (4.43) to (4.45). The difference in shear layer thickness between the three cases is clear. Similarly, the normal stress distributions of cases with L = 0.5h

Page 78: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

are shown in Figures (4.46) to (4.48) and with further results for case (4) taken at x = llh to 15h in Figure (4.49).

From the mean velocity distributions, it is possible to find the . height at which the local mean velocity is half the maximum value across the profiles, (y/h)^ g, which may serve as a measure of the position of the shear layer; this is shown in Figure (4.50) for the various cases. Lower values of (y/h)o05 thus imply that the shear layer moves closer to the block. The separated shear layer thickness defined for these purposes as the difference in height between the positions where local mean velocity is 0.45 Um and 0.8 Um is plotted in Figure (4,.51).for the various cases. (Included in Figures (4.50) and (4.51) are the data of Baker).

~2Figure (4.52) shows the maximum value of u at various stations for the different cases. To some extent, the turbulence level in the upstream boundary layer appears to have a certain effect on the turbulent intensity in the near wake. The position at which this maximum value occurs at various stations is plotted in Figure (4.53). The bar in this figure indicates the scatter in the position of the maximum value. The results can be used to define the position of the shear layer, yielding slightly different values to Figure (4.50). Figure (4.54) shows the comparison-of the data of case (2) (L/h = 1 ) with the work of Castro (1980a) taken in the near wake region of a rectangular block. In his study, the undisturbed boundary layer thickness was not greater than block height for the various cases with different level of turbulence in the free stream. Figure (4.55) shows the comparison between case (3) (L/h = 2 ) and the data of Baker where the ratio of undisturbed boundary layer to block height was 0.7.

Figure (4.56) shows the static pressure distributions on the block surface for all cases except case (4). The pressure coefficients have been normalised in the form

P " P02Cp5 = - 2 (4.7)

* P U02where Pq£ and Uq2 are the reference point static pressure and velocity measured in the absence of the block. This allowed comparison to be made with the distributions of Castro (1979) in which the three flows in his work were designated as FlL, FlS and F2L; these are shown in the present figure. Little difference is found from the plots of the present data in the figure if the coefficients are normalised in a similar manner with the

Page 79: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

reference pressure and velocity measured in the presence of the block, which is attributed to the small blockage ratio in the study here. The experimental uncertainty of the coefficients is around + 0.05 of the measured value.

The approximate reattachment length behind the block of various cases were estimated in a simple way employing tufts as a visualisation technique The tufts were placed at various stations downstream of the block. The reattachment length was estimated from the region where the tufts hardly move either towards the block or away from it. Thus, the estimated length of the various cases are as follows? case (1) 9h, case (2) 8h, case (3) 8.1h, case (4) 13 h and case (5) 14h (these data were measured from the front face of the block). For cases with larger streamwise length, i.e., cases (2) and (3), it was only in the latter that reattachment was found on the top surface of the block. This small recirculation region was of length about 1.45h, measured from the upwind corner. The. uncertainty of such estimation is about + 0.5h of the estimated value.

4.4.3 Selected Case

Among the five cases studied in the earlier part of the work, it was decided to choose for more detailed study case (1) where the separated shear layer clears the top surface of the block (Section 1 .2.2).Furthermore the rough wall boundary layer is similar to the practical case of an urban atmospheric boundary layer. For this part of the work, crossed-wire and pulsed-wire operated with the Pet and HP21MX micro-computers respectively were used to fulfil one of the objectives in comparing the respective measurements of mean transverse energy and turbulent shear stress. The sample sizes and experimental uncertainties were similar to those described in Section 4.3.1.

All detailed measurements were made at stations of x/h = 1.06 to 9.60 using either the crossed-wire or pulsed-wire. (Due to the slightly longer probe holder used for both wires, it was not possible to take measurements up to x = 10.67h, as had been done with the single-wire in the preceding section). As an exception, measurements of U at x = 0.5h were made using the pulsed-wire in order to determine the mean dividing streamline at that station.

Page 80: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The mean streamwise velocity distributions obtained using the pulsed- wire at various stations in the near wake region are shown in Figure (4.57) As an indication of the flow field in;the near wake region, the mean divi­ding streamline can be calculated as the height at which the stream function

Ui = ^. v Ur h

is equal to zero. By plotting a curve through these points, the mean re­attachment length is found to be 9.15h which agrees reasonably with the value of 9h obtained from tufts visualization. As the pulsed-wire program (Section 3.4.2.2) was written so that the percentage of flow reversed could be worked out (Equation 3.10), the distributions at the various stations are plotted in Figure (4.58), perhaps an innovation in the use of the pulsed-wire. From this figure, the height at which the local flow within the region of the shear layer is 50% reversed, is plotted in Figure (4.59) for comparison with the locus of zero mean velocity (as determined from Figure 4.57).

In a similar manner to that attempted in the study of flow over the backward facing step, a comparison of mean velocity profiles is made with that of the shear layer of the jet (Figure 4.60). Again, the data of the block contains no allowance for a possible virtual origin, but the quali­tative trend is clear. As the data of Baker was available for comparison,it was worked out and plotted in Figure (4.61)„ In his work, comparison*was made with the plane mixing layer data of Wygnanski and Fiedler (1970). As a useful degree of collapse was found in the data of the backward(v _ y )facing step when plotted in the form, 0.5 vs U/U (Figure 4.3),

Aythis is also attempted in the data of the two-dimensional block (Figure 4.62). Included in this figure are data of the shear layer of the jet and the mean value of the data of Baker, plotted in detail in Figure (4.63) The arbitrarily defined shear layer thickness, Ay/h at various downstream locations is plotted in Figure (4.64), including again the data of Baker.

The mean transverse velocity at various downstream stations is shown in Figure (4.65). Measurements were obtained by setting the plane of the pulsed-wire normal to the y - direction of the flow. In other words, the plane of the probe is rotated by an angle of 90° away from that set in the

Page 81: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

measurement of streamwise velocity. In a similar manner to that in which the data of Figure (4.58) is plotted, the fraction of flow towards the wall, i.e., the negative y - direction, is shown in Figure (4.66). The scale of the drawing in both figures has been maintained the same for direct comparison.

With the large quantity of data taken during the experimental work, a comparison of mean velocity and Reynolds stresses taken with the crossed- wire and slanted pulsed-wire is presented here by choosing a typical station downstream of the block, say at x = 4.27h. (Similar agreement is found at other stations taken with both types of instrumentation).

As a representative comparison, Figure (4.67 a and b) shows the mean longitudinal and transverse velocities respectively. The pulsed-wire data at x = 4.27h already shown in Figures (4.57) and (4.65) with the wire set at 0° and 90° respectively are included for comparison. This allows the extent of agreement between the various sets of data to be assessed.

Since the pulsed-wire anemometer is one of the principal instrumentsused in the research program and is suitable for use in reversed flow

~2region, detailed measurements of u at various stations are shown inFigures (4.68) and (4.69). Similarly, Figures (4.70) and (4.71) show

“2values of v taken with the plane of the probe set normal to the y -~~2direction. Figure (4.70) includes v for one station taken with the

pulsed-wire probe at (|) = 0° and + 45°. Likewise, the turbulent shearstress profiles at various stations are shown in Figures (4.72) and (4.73),perhaps the first detailed measurements of this particular kind in thenear wake region of a two-dimensional block. In all these figures, themean dividing streamline which marks the boundary of the recirculationregion is included for comparison. These Reynolds stresses are compared

"2 ~2 —with shear layer data of the jet with u , v and uv shown in Figures (4.74), (4.75) and (4.76) respectively. Again since the dividing streamline is

i

curved, the stresses of the shear layer associated with the block are normalised by the square of the maximum velocity across the distributions.

Typical plots of the turbulent kinetic energy are shown in Figure(4.77) . For simplicity, results of three selected stations are shown,although measurements were made at nine. The results were taken using

~2the crossed-wire and correction of the mean spanwise energy, w , is made in the same way as those in Section (4.2.3).

Page 82: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure (4.78) shows the mean longitudinal velocity and turbulence with and without the block. The data of the undisturbed profiles were taken at x/h = 1 0 , 11 arid 12 using the crossed-wire. In the figure, the results of the near wake region at a particular station are compared with those of the undisturbed boundary layer nearest to that station. (Although the measurements were not exactly at the same stations, one would expect no significant change in the data for the undisturbed boundary layer over the small distance involved) .

The strain gauge and differential thermocouple technique (Section 3.4.5) employed in this part of the work could not be explored more fully in the limited time available for the experimental work. Although.the technique was in effect a trial, the results shown in Figure (4.79) are encouraging, with the estimated value for reattachment near to that ob­tained from visualization by tufts and from the mean dividing streamline.The estimated value was deduced at the point where the output voltage was zero, i.e., no heat pulse being sensed by either thermocouples.

The power supplied to the strain gauge can be varied, but in the work here, detailed readings were taken with 4 and 5 volts. Obviously, the magnitude of the output value does depend on the input power supplied. To permit accurate reading, the input power supplied was switched off for about two minutes to allow the strain gauge and thermocouples to cool down. Reading was taken after the power supplied to the gauge has been switched on for about two minutes.

The device was positioned at various downstream stations with the larger axes of the gauge and thermocouple placed normal to the longitudinal direction of the flow. By drawing a smooth curve through the experimental points, the estimated reattachment length can be determined. This esti­mated value is quite consistent from the data presented in Figure (4.79).

4.5 Summary

The considerable amount of experimental measurements taken during the course of the research program will, it is hoped, represent a significant contribution to the knowledge of such situations. The data presented in this thesis show consistency in repeated measurements so that errors are within an acceptable range. Comparison is possible both between pulsed-wire

Page 83: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

measurements with the wire at different angles, but more between the pulsed-wire and crossed hot-wire. With the further inclusion of data of previous workers, comparison may be attempted, permitting discussion and comment, as presented in detail in the following chapter.

Page 84: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 5: DISCUSSION OF RESULTS

The experimental data obtained in the research program were described in the previous chapter. In this chapter, detailed discussions are pre­sented and comparisons are made with the results of previous authors in bluff body studies. The order of the discussion of results will be the same as in the experimental measurements.

5 01 Backward Facing Step

5.1.1 General

The general flow behaviour of the backward facing step is shown in Figure (4.1). The shear layer curves towards the wall and at the re­attachment some fluid is driven upstream to supply the entrainment of fluid into the shear layer by the strong adverse pressure gradient. The flow in the reattachment region is highly complex. Kim et al (1978) reveal that the instantaneous reattachment line is not straight and they suggest the possibility of a three-dimensional spanwise strucutre. Eaton et al (1979) suggest the possibility that the separation bubble is slowly growing and shrinking so that the entrainment rate of fluid into the shear layer balances the rate of backflow in the .temporal mean but not instan­taneously; Bradshaw and Wong (1972) have considered that at least half the flow on the shear layer may be deflected upstream if the initial boundary- layer thickness is small.

Less study seems to have been given to the effect of upstream conditions on the shear layer itself. This, then, is the main object of the present work; the characteristics of the shear layer will in turn have an important effect on the other aspects of the situation such as pressure distribution and distance to reattachment. It is with this in mind that the present results are discussed against the background of earlier work. The pressure distribution, the object of many previous studies, is examined first, followed by a detailed appraisal of the flow pattern as revealed by mean velocities and Reynolds stresses.

5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure

The static pressure distributions of all cases studied shown in Figure (4.4) show very much a common shape, as obtained by many workers

Page 85: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

such as Tani et al (1961), Chandrsuda (1975), Baker (1977) and Kim et al(1978). The pressure drops to a minimum value after separation before it starts to rise rapidly .through the reattachment region and finally falls to some local free stream value. As suggested by Narayanan et al (1974), because of the increase in area downstream of the step, the pressure further downstream of reattachment does not reach the same value as in the free stream at upstream infinity, and this may influence the overall pressure distribution.

From the figure, the position of the minimum pressure coefficient,Cp . , for the various cases is found to be at around x/h = 3 which is m m *about half the recirculating region; this position seems to be slightlyearlier in terms of x/h for an earlier reattachment. This positioncannot be greatly nearer to the step because of the presence of the cornereddy due to reseparation of the reverse flow. At the same time, an earlierreattachment would tend to shift the position of maximum pressure coefficient,CPmax> towards the step; this would result in a steeper pressure risethrough reattachement. It is likely that this effect is associated withhigher values of Cp . and Cp^ for cases with an earlier reattachment;m m bthese values may be sensitive to upstream conditions as will be point out later.

It is seen from Figure (4.4) that Cp is sensitive to the re­maxattaching position of the shear layer which is a little earlier for cases(2) and (4) with thinner boundary layer. Cp is somewhat higher for amaxlittle earlier reattachment and increased attachment angle (i.e., theangle between the mean dividing streamline and the floor). The presentobservations of the variation in the values of Cp . and Cp with re-m m maxattachment position have similar features to the study of reattaching shear layer on the side face of a square block in free stream by Robertsonet al (1978) „ The final rate of the pressure recovery in the relaxationregion appears hot to be affected by initial conditions^ but it is probablyof importance that there is the same blockage ratio in all the cases studied.

The position of Cp . in the present study agrees reasonably wellm mwith that of Narayanan et a l , Chandrsuda and Baker where the position foundby these workers is at about x/h = 3 and reattachment is close to x/h = 6,although Kim et al located Cp . at about x/h = 4 with reattachment at & minaround 7h. As with previous authors, the position of Cp occurs at betweenmaxlh to 2h beyond reattachment (except for Tani et al in whose case the

Page 86: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

estimated reattachment length from their hot-wire data is questionable, a matter that will be discussed in Section 5.1.3), Kim et al explained this be considering a momentum balance in the flow and by suggesting that after reattachment, the velocity profile near the surface become flatter; it has less momentum for a fixed mass flux and hence the pressure must increase in order to balance the momentum loss so long as the wall shear stress is not significant.

From Figure (4.4), the values of Cp . and Cp,_ vary among the variousm m bcases. While the effect of higher free stream turbulence does affect thethickness of the boundary layer at separation, it seems that Cp . and Cp^m m bare more sensitive to this effect, tending to' increase (i.e., becoming lessnegative). For all these cases, there appears to be no overall trend inthe relation between 6/h and Cp . , Cp, , but if cases with different freem m bstream turbulence are considered separately, there appears a trend; athinner initial boundary layer seems to have higher values of Cp , andm mCp^. These coefficients may be associated with the favourable pressure gradient as the flow approaches the step edge; this gradient may be sensi­tive to flow condition. Close examination of pressure data of Narayanan et al and Baker seems to indicate that the point where the favourable pressure gradient starts is dependent upon the boundary layer thickness at separation. It has been found from a single traverse in the longitudinal direction near the surface just upstream of the step face, of one of the selected cases (Section 4.2.3) that the flow accelerates, and this acceler­ation is no doubt associated with the favourable pressure gradient in that region. The pressure coefficients of Baker agree reasonably closely with the present case without boundary layer suction but with low free stream turbulence (case 1), 6/b being nearly the same. The slight departure isprobably due to the slight difference in blockage. (The work of Narayanan et al indicated the significance of the effect due to blockage and a recent study by Castro and Fackrell (1978) on fence flows also showed the impor­tance of blockage).

Whilst the present data show the dependence of Cp^ upon initialbconditions, this is in contrast to the conclusion drawn by Tani et a l .Those authors concluded that the base pressure is essentially the same for different values of step height and thickness of boundary layer (either laminar or turbulent), except for very small step height. Remarks on their results can be found in the next two paragraphs. Kim et al found no differ­ence in the value of Cp^ for the two cases studied, but the change of step

Page 87: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

height in their work would inevitably change the blockage ratio. Similarly, with an adjustable step height in Tani et al*s model, the blockage would also varyc In the investigation of Narayanan et a l , full details of Cp^ were not available for discussion, but static pressure measurements on the side opposite the step indicate a variation with blockage„

Due to the difficulty in determining the precise reattachment length with the results lying within a band, depending upon the technique employed, it would be difficult to find any exact relation with base pressure. For bluff bodies in a free stream, there is a clear connection between the base pressure and length of the bubble behind the block (Lee, 1975).

Exact comparison with the results of previous workers can be made difficult by uncertainties as to reference pressure. Thus, Tani et al*s reference point is rather close to the edge for some cases; it may be in a region where the pressure is already falling markedly from the free stream value and may perhaps be somewhat unsteady. The problem can be reduced and comparisons more readily made if results are plotted using the modified parameters suggested by others.

Thus for example, the application of Roshko and Lau*s plot,(Cp-Cp . )/(l-Cp . ) vs x^/x in Figure (4.5) indicates good agreement in m m m m Rregion before reattachment but shows variation beyond it. This kind ofagreement is found by others, for example in the work of Baker and Kimet al. With the same blockage as the cases considered in the present study,variation of the maximum coefficient of pressure rise, (Cp^) , is1 max’attributed to initial conditions with values of (Cp„) lying between1 max0.26 - 0.32. (Cp„) of Baker is reasonably close to case (1) bearing1 maxin mind that 6 /h is nearly equal between the two. C p l^max Narayanan et al agrees reasonably well with case (2) and this is probably due to the small difference in 6/h between the two. Kim et al’s data disagrees with the present data and those of other workers in region beyond reattach­ment. It is believed that this disagreement is due to the large blockage ratios in their work although 6/h are about 0.3 and 0.45 (see Table 2.1b). (The blockage ratio of Roshko and Lau's work is not known).

Even closer agreement is obtained using the slightly modified plotof Narayanan et al, (Cp-Cp . )/(Cp -Cp . ) vs (x-x*r)/xni in Figure (4.6);m m max m m Rthis is not surprising as the maximum and minimum of Cp must be one and

Page 88: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

zero respectively since Cp and Cp . are used in the reduced pressurem a x : m mcoefficient. All curves must pass through the point where (x-x*)/x^ iszero where Cp_ is 0.5. A plot of this kind does not indicate any significant odifference due to the effect of initial conditions except the final recovery of Cp„. As before in Figure (4.5), the data of Narayanan et al and BakerOgive good agreement with the present cases except those of Kim et al. The reasons for disagreement of Kim et al's data'in the final recovery of Cp are the same as before but the disagreement in the region up to (x-x*)/x^= 0.5 is due to the value of x / h used in the reduced coordinate. As quoted in their report, the uncertainty of the reattachment length was indicated by the value 7+lh; 7h is used in the present comparison. In contrast, by using Chandrsuda's technique for estimating reattachment length for their two cases, it was found to be around 8h. Thus, if 8h is used instead of 7h in the reduced coordinate of Kim et al's data, the agreement with the present comparison would be improved. A similar check on Baker's data showed that the estimated reattachment using Chandrsuda»s technique gave a value of 5.8h, which is within the scatter of 5.7 - 6h determined from oil-mixture technique. The value of 5.8h is used in Baker's data in the comparison of Figures (4.5) and (4.6). Note that the reattachment length of Kim et al's work was determined by three methods, i.e., the mean velocity profiles, the tufts and oil-mixture techniques. In Narayanan et al's pressure plot, the scale was too small.for any accurate attempt to estimate the reattachment length. Thus, the estimated value of = 6h from oil-mixture technique in their study is used for the present purposes.

The use of a new normalised pressure coefficient by Kim et al,(Cp-Cp . )/(Cp„ -Cp . ) vs x/h, is also attempted here as shown in m m B-C m mFigure (4.7). In their comparison, the pressure data is reduced to a single curve. They suggested that the empirical correlation can be used for a rough estimation of the pressure recovery of similar geometries when no other information is available. This is not quite so in the present plot which also includes the data of Baker and Narayanan et al for com­parison, and again here indicates the variation due to initial conditions.The collapse of data in their case, which indicates no drop from the maximum may perhaps be coincidental to some extent, partly resulting from the vari­ation of tunnel width after sudden expansion, thus changing the ratio W0/W.;

m J.blockage in their cases was substantially higher (see Table 2.1b). This will influence the adverse pressure gradient on the reattaching position (Kuehn, 1980). Thus, the agreement, perhaps, may be regarded as an isolated

Page 89: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

case. Any attempt to estimate the final pressure recovery from theircorrelation for a given channel geometry with an assumed value of Cp .m mmust be treated with caution.

Any further attempt to improve the plot of Figure (4.7) by changing the reduced coordinate into x/x^ will yield better agreement in the region where x/x^ ^ 1 . Beyond this, disagreement will be more obvious. The degree of agreement will be similar to the plot of Figure (4.5).

The usefulness of the plots in Figures (4.5) and (4.6) is that itis independent of the reference value. While these plots are a generalisedway of scaling, they provide a basis for further comparison; disagreementin the relaxation region of the flow is more sensitive to blockage than toinitial condition. The limitations of this approach is that even for thesame blockage ratio , an accurate estimate of the pressure coefficient, Cp,in the region requires a knowledge of Cp and Cp . . This rather ex­max m mtended discussion of pressures does seem to indicate that it is difficult to correlate directly pressure distribution and reattachment length with upstream conditions. It appears more profitable to concentrate on the effects on the mixing layer which link the conditions upstream and the effects downstream and this is done in the next section.

5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds Stresses

The mean longitudinal velocity and energy profiles of the preliminary study as shown in Figure (4.2a and b) are typical of the highly turbulent reversed flow region of the backward facing step. The general shape of the mean longitudinal velocity profile has been demonstrated by a number of workers using pitot-static tubes (Chandrsuda, Kim et al) and single hot-wires (Tani et al, Chandrsuda, Baker), although the accuracy of the data in such regions is questionable. The findings of the preliminary study which included the effect of free stream turbulence may be illustrated by Figure (4.2a and b) .

With measurements taken at about the mid-point of the recirculationregion, it is clear from the mean velocity distribution that the separatedlayer of cases (2) and (4) (iae. both cases with suction), curves earlierthan the others. This is consistent with the trend of the estimated valueof x / h obtained from the pressure plot of Figure (4.4). An increase in Rattachment angle would cause more fluid to be deflected upstream of re­attachment to supply the entrainment. (As proposed by Bradshaw and Wong,

Page 90: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the fraction of the shear layer mass flow that is deflected upstream may depend on the thickness of the boundary layer before separation)o

Many other workers (Chandrsuda, Baker, Etheridge and Kemp, Kim~2et al) recorded that the maximum value of u coincides with the mean

dividing streamline at this downstream station, and this can be assumed“2to be the same in the present u distribution (Figure 4.2b). Little

difference is found among the four cases and this is consistent with the small difference in reattachment position; the difference is about 10% between the minimum and maximum value of x^/h. As suggested by Eaton and Johnston (1980b), it is possible that a better way to compare pro­files from various experiments with variation of x^/h might be to re- normalise the streamwise coordinates using the parameter, (x-x^)/h, but this is made difficult by the problem of measuring x^/h accurately.

The maximum reversed mean velocity from Figure (4.2a) is about 0.2UQin the four cases. This is in good agreement with the value recorded byEtheridge and Kemp, and Baker using the laser and pulsed-wire respectivelyA slightly higher value of 0.25Uo is reported by Tani et al and Kim et alusing single hot-wire and pressure probes respectively; doubts as to theaccuracy of the data using these techniques may account for the slight disagreement,, Although the mean velocity profiles of Eaton et al (1979)obtained using the pulsed-wire do not permit detailed comparison, due tothe small scale of the plot, they do indicate the same general shape;the data of Denham (1974) obtained in developing the laser anemometertechnique were not used for comparison because of experimental scatter ofdata. It appears from the data including those of Etheridge and Kemp, andBaker that the maximum reversed velocity is not affected greatly by difference in upstream conditions. This can be explained by the fact that themaximum height of the mean dividing streamline can never exceed h, andtherefore, any little variation of the reattachment is unlikely to causea large variation of the mean reversed velocity. Therefore, the effectivevelocity difference across the shear layer is about (1+0.2)U , with Um mslightly higher than'UQ because of streamline curvature. This agrees broadly with available data from previous work.

In contrast to the present work, Tani et al reported that the mean velocity distribution across the flow in the mixing region was insensitive to the change of the approaching boundary layer thickness. Since the hot­wire does not distinguish between positive and negative velocity in the

Page 91: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

reversed flow region, Tani et al roughly estimated the velocity distri­bution across the central part of the bubble (where mean velocity is zero) showing it by dotted lines only. From these distributions, the mean dividing streamline was worked out and drawn from the edge of the step to the reattachment region. Their mean dividing streamline appears to have been drawn linearly to the reattachment region from about x = 3h onwards. This is different from the probably more reliable data taken with the pulsed-wire (Baker, 1977) where the dividing streamline is curved towards the reattachment region. Therefore, it appears that Tani et a l ’s assessment must be an over-estimate of reattachment length.

Evidently, from Figure (4.2a and b), higher free stream turbulencehas little effect on the shear layer. Although it has not been a subjectin the present study, it is known that the effect of external turbulencelevel on boundary layer development does increase the turbulent level inthe outer region of the layer (Charnay et a l , 1971). Thus, the peak value

"2of u for cases with higher free stream turbulence in Figure (4.2b) seem partly due indirectly to this effect. It also appears that peak value of i? is associated with the velocity gradient bu/ by of the boundary layer which is larger for smaller thickness. The local turbulence is much higher in the low velocity region for cases (2) and (4) than cases (1) and (3). This is probably linked with the more rapid re-entrainment of fluid in cases (2) and (4) from the reattachment zone.

In the higher velocity and low intensity region, the intensity ob­tained by the pulsed-wire is higher for cases (2) and (4) than cases (1) and (3), and the disagreement is probably due to the effect of the probe size relative to the length scales of turbulence. (Disagreement between data obtained from pulsed-wire and single hot-wire in low intensity area was also found by Baker).

It is clear from the preliminary study that the effect of higher free stream turbulence does not significantly reduce the reattachment length apart from the indirect effect upon the boundary layer thickness before separation. This is in contrast to the case of bluff bodies where the shear layer originates from the upwind corner; then, as will emerge more clearly in the next section, the effect of higher turbulence in the approaching flow is to alter the surface pressure of the block, the sepa­rated shear layer thickness and length of recirculation zone behind the block (Lee, 1975; Laneville et al 1977; Robertson et a l , 1978). The lack

Page 92: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

of such an effect in the case of the step is due to the alignment of the separated shear layer which is initially parallel to the surface before the step and then curves and impinges on the reattachment zone, so that the new shear layer merely grows into the old shear layer. Because of the nature of this type of separated flow, it is unlikely that any vari­ation of the reattachment position due to upstream conditions, can be as large as that associated with the block. Detailed data of previous workers concerning higher free stream turbulence (3.5%) includes that of Hsu (1950) who is quoted from the paper by Eaton and Johnston (1980b). With a ratio of turbulent boundary layer / step height at separation of 0.13, x^/h was found to be between 6 - 6 . 3 . It is rather difficult to make any direct comparison with the present work because of the small aspect ratio ( B/h) of his model, 4.5; according to Brederode (1974), the reattachment length decreases for an aspect ratio less than 10. On the other hand, Hsu's blockage ratio is much greater with a value of 33.3%. While blockage is related to the ratio Wg/W^, the value of the latter in Hsu's case was1.5 compared with the present value of 1.120. A higher value of W_/W.1would cause x /h to move further downstream (Kuehn, 1980) . Thus x /h in R RHsu’s case is probably due to a certain balancing of the effects.

It was this lack of strong evidence of any significant effect of free stream turbulence that led to the decision to concentrate detailed measurements on cases (A) and (B) with very different boundary layer thickness, but low free stream turbulence (Figure 4.9). The U profiles Figure (4.10) confirm the finding of the preliminary study that the sepa­rated shear layer of case (B) curves earlier, and thus reattaches slightly earlier than case (A). On the other hand, data obtained from the twin-tube technique showed little difference between the two cases. It is likely that this latter data may have an accuracy no better than about + 0.5h (Castro and Fackrell, 1978), so that the technique is not adequate to showsmall variations in x / h . Certainly, the tube itself creates interference.R

By choosing the difference in height where local mean velocity is0.45U and 0.8U as giving some measure of the separated shear layer thick- m mness, i.e. the lines shown in Figure (4.13a), it is possible to emphasizethe difference between the two cases. In both cases, the line of constant0.45U curves rather more rapidly than that of 0.8U , as expected, due to m mthe re-entrainment of fluid into the bubble, it is interesting to note that these lines are very nearly straight before about x/h = 3. This seems not surprising as the shear layer behaves very much like an ordinary plane mixing

Page 93: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

layer within this region (Eaton et al, 1979). After this point, the layer curves downwards more rapidly with the thinner initial boundary layer; the layer is also thinner and grows differently (Figure 4.13b) than for the thick boundary layer. This can be explained by the effect of higher turbulence level within the thicker initial boundary layer, rather than the free stream, responsible for a rapid entrainment rate and mixing into the shear layer. The effect may perhaps be compared with the recent work of Pui and Gartshore (1979) on the classical plane two- dimensional mixing layer which showed that the shear layer grows linearly and more rapidly with addition of increasing turbulence in the free stream. In that case there would be a thin initial boundary layer; in the present case, the effect of turbulence in the boundary layer probably outweighs conditions in the free stream, which may be smooth or turbulent with little effect.

The distribution of mean transverse velocity, V, at various stations downstream (Figure 4.14) is typical of what may be expected with the back­ward facing step. The general shape of the distributions is in agreement with those of Baker (1977), obtained using the pulsed-wire. (Tutu and Chevray's (1975) work provides no basis for correction for this transverse velocity. Nevertheless, the data presented indicate the trend associated with the reattaching flow). As expected, the flow moves further towards the negative direction (i.e., the floor) as the shear layer approaches the reattachment region due to re-entrainment of fluid. This will subsequently increase the value of — bv/ bx around the centre of the shear layer before reattachment. One would then expect a decrease in the magnitude of V and the profile becomes flatter as the flow begins to relax to typical normal boundary layer conditions in the far wake region. Despite the measurements taken in the near wake region, comparison between the V profiles at x = 5h and 6h indicates a decrease in the magnitude at the latter station. Little data on V profile has been shown by previous workers; this component is small compared to the longitudinal component, U. Indeed, the present measurements do indicate the capability of the crossed-wire in measuring a small lateral component.

Rather in the same way that a comparison of mean velocity profiles with those of Wygdanski and Fiedler’s plane mixing layer was attempted by Baker, a detailed comparison of the two principal cases with the shear layer of the circular jet is made in Figure (4.11). Unlike the shear layer of the jet, where the surrounding air is still and of zero velocity,

Page 94: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the shear layer of the step is associated with a reversed velocity and entrains turbulent fluid from the bubble. Therefore, one would expect disagreement in the low velocity region (Figure 4.11). Again, the shear layer of the jet grows linearly whereas that of the step curves. Thus, the maximum velocity of the latter must be slightly different from free stream value. Although the data for the step contain no virtual origin, nevertheless, case (B) with the thin boundary layer agrees reasonably with that of the jet in the higher velocity region, case (A) to a lesser extent. This is presumably due to the large difference in the initial boundary layer thickness. Data of Baker, Etheridge and Kemp, re-plotted in Figure (4.12) to show comparison with the jet, do indicate the quali­tative trend; the agreement is not much better than that for the plane mixing layer. The merit of the present comparison with the jet is that it does not rely upon reported data but makes use of measurements made with instrumentation used in the main study.

The modified plot based upon shear layer thickness (Figure 4.3)showing the present data and again, those of Baker, and Etheridge and Kemptaken with the pulsed-wire and laser respectively, is found to show agreater degree of agreement with that of the jet in the high velocityregion. Good agreement is established between the various cases associatedwith the step. (Figure (4.3) includes for completeness the cases (3) and(4) with higher free stream turbulence). The distance between the pointwhere U = 0.2u and U s; 0.9U is admittedly an arbitrary measure of the m mspread of the layer but appears to prove a useful expedient. A fair measure of agreement is perhaps to be expected because the ordinates for U/Um = 0.5 and 1.0 are fixed as zero and infinity respectively. Nevertheless, the suggested plot can be of value as a point of comparison for other workers.

The Reynolds stress profiles of Figures (4.15), (4.16) and (4.17) show the general shape of the distributions downstream of the step. Whilst the data do not cover the area of very high local turbulence within the bubble where mean local velocity is small (crossed-wire measurements would be of uncertain accuracy in this region), this does not inhibit any com­parison between cases (A) and'(B). As the shear layer grows with distance downstream, the profiles become fuller, as expected, as indicated by the width of the band at x/h = 1 and 5 respectively, it is evident again fromthese profiles that the separated shear layer is thicker for the thicker

~2initial boundary layer. The larger magnitude of u in the thick boundary

Page 95: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

layer before separation, Figure (4,9) is reflected even in the region of ~2relatively low u at x/h = 1 in the higher velocity region, but this is

expected to be smoothed.out as the separated shear layer continues to spread e

Again here, the mean dividing streamline can be taken initially to coincide fairly closely with the positions where peak stresses occur at x/h = 1 and 3 (Baker, Chandrsuda, Kim et al) . Very little difference between the two cases is noticeable at these stations and the difference in reattachment is small. Near the reattachment zone, the positions of the peak stresses do not coincide with the dividing streamline, as recorded by the above authors. Thus at station x/h = 5, if the positions where peak stresses occur are used as a criterion of the shear layer's position, the layer is lower for case (B), with the thin boundary layer, as is demonstrated in the U profile of Figure (4.10).

At x/h = 1 and 3, the velocity difference across the shear layer in the two' cases is nearly the same. Thus, the difference of peak stresses at these stations is attributed to the large difference of velocity gradient, bu/ by, near to the wall in the initial boundary layer. The effect due to streamline curvature is unlikely to be substantial. As might be expected, the ratio of peak stress.es at x/h = 1 and 3 is nearly the same for each of the turbulence stresses. At x/h = 5, however, the difference of peak stresses is larger.

Opinions upon the question of the large eddies near reattachment: zone seem to differ among various workers. Chandrsuda's observation based on visual observation and flow visualization by tufts, suggested that the eddies moving upstream near this zone are the replacement of the non- uniform entrainment of the shear layer from the bubble; eddies would all move downstream if there were no entrainment. Bradshaw and Wong proposed that the eddies are roughly torn in two near this zone. Kim et al in their study suggested the hypothesis of alternating movement of eddies together with splitting. Recent crude flow visualization by Eaton and Johnston (1980b) revealed no evidence of large eddies being swept upstream. This latter evidence together with the growing and shrinking of the bubble (Eaton et al) appears to indicate the possibility of to and fro movements of the eddies before being convected downstream. These matters appear to require further investigation.

Page 96: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

In contrast to the present findings, Tani et al recorded that the~2 — turbulent intensity (u ) and shear stress (-uv ) are quite insensitive to

the change of the approaching boundary layer thickness. Two differentthickness were considered but it should be noted that in this part oftheir study, only one traverse at x/h = 3 was made, for the case withgreater thickness. Further, few points were taken and the scale of theplot was rather small for the purposes of indicating any variation betweenthe two cases. The results were obtained using an ordinary hot-wire andby setting a hot-wire inclined at two different angles with the flowdirection, but the data was not corrected due to effects of rectificationand w-velocity component in such highly turbulent region; presumably atthat time, work on these effects was not available. Therefore, the accuracyof the data is doubtful and inferences concerning effects on the stressesmust be treated with caution.

The mean kinetic energy distribution (Figure 4.18) shows, as may be expected, a general shape similar to the u profile. Again, the difference between cases (A) and (B) is clear together with an indication of different separated shear layer thickness and the position where peak value of kinetic energy defined as the centre of a mixing layer (Castro, 1973) appears, as reported by Baker (1977), to coincide with the dividing streamline at x/h = 1 and 3.

~~2 ~ 2Figures (4.19), (4.20) and (4.21) show the peak values of u , v and -uv respectively at various station. As has already been indicated, all results taken with crossed-wire by previous workers were not corrected.In other words, the Reynolds stresses were underestimated and this would make comparison rather difficult. Nevertheless, some useful points may be made.

Although not corrected, the crossed-wire data of Kim et al andChandrsuda indicate the same general trend, notwithstanding the variationof initial conditions. (Correction could be expected to increase the valuesof the results). Whilst the data of Kim et al indicates the variationbetween the two different flow conditions (two different steps with thesame boundary layer thickness), the estimated experimental uncertainties

~2 _of u , v and -uv were reported as about 20% of the measured values inregion where local longitudinal intensity was about 40%. In fact, Chandrsuda

~2also measured u using a single hot-wire (see Figure 4.19) and commentedthat crossed-wire data are more reliable with regard to experimental errors.

Page 97: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Obviously, the two sets of data thus demonstrate the importance and significance of the measuring techniques used. Undoubtedly, the single­wire data (not corrected) must be somewhat uncertain in such highlyturbulent areas ( — 40% - 50%) and correction to this instrument is very

“2 - “2 -sensitive to (v )2 / (u )2 (Bradbury, 1976). Thus, the data of Tani etal obtained using hot-wire technique were not included for comparison

~2 ' ■ . . while Denham's data on u (using a laser) was excluded here as he ac­knowledges wide scatter in the results.

Figures (4.19) and (4.20) show the manner in which the normal stresses increase towards a maximum value near the reattachment zone before de­creasing after reattachment towards typical boundary layer values in the

~2far distance downstream. Encouragingly, the corrected peak value of u of the present work agree reasonably closely with the picture presented by data taken with the pulsed-wire and laser.

In reviewing all these sets of results, it would be useful to discern~2some overall trend with the initial conditions. In the case of u , there

does appear to be a common trend near the point of separation, at about (x-x^/h = -4 (Figure 4.19) in that the stress reduces with increasing 5/hconfirming the effect already seen in comparing cases (A) and (B) . For

”2 ~2 example, u of Etheridge and Kemp has the lowest value with 6/h = 2; uof case (A) and Baker is about the same since 6/h of the latter is 0.7.Case (B) having a lowest value of 6/h 0.14 approximately has the highest

”2 "2 value of u and encouragingly, u of Eaton et al with 6/h = 0.2 is slightlylower. Near the reattachment zone, it appears that there is no consistenttrend between workers. The agreement between case (B) and that of Eaton et alis quite close despite the difference in measuring technique. One wouldhave expected good agreement between case (A) ( 6 / h = 0.67) and that ofBaker ( 6/h = 0.7) throughout all the reduced coordinates. This seems notto be the case in the area around, -3 (x-x )/h<>l, although agreement isRbetter in the decaying region. The slight disagreement around this areamay possibly be attributed to the complexity of the flow phenomena. Interes-

“2tingly, near this reattachment zone, u of Etheridge and Kemp, obtained using the laser, seems to be quite high. With the laser contributing no flow interference, the reattachment length was about 5h, slightly shorter than other workers. Such higher value of u may be due to the rapid re- entrainment of the fluid near that zone. It can be strongly affected by low frequency motions of the shear layer, which may or may not be present in some experiments (Eaton and Johnston, 1980b) .

Page 98: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

~2 — 2With the magnitude of v being less than that of u , only smalldifferences are noticeable between cases (A) and (B), except near thereattachment zone. Surprisingly, the data of Baker obtained with thepulsed-wire shows large disagreement with case (A) except at about(x-x )/h = -4. Whether such disagreement is attributed to probe inter- Rference or flapping of the shear layer, or whether the correction applied

—2to v in such flow is not adequate is not clear» (This latter will bediscussed further; as will be seen later (Section 5 e3) in the comparison

“2 “2of value of u and v obtained with the crossed-wire and pulsed-wire for“2the two-dimensional block, good agreement was achieved in that case for u

“2and not v )„

Near the separation point, the variation of the turbulent shear stress(Figure 4.21) with initial condition shows similar trends to those found

~2in u (Figure 4.19). No consistent trend is evident from about (x-x^)/h = -3 onwards; this is unexplained and may have involved problems with instrumentation. The value of shear stress found by Etheridge and Kemp at or near reattachment is much higher than the rest in the figure and falls outside the bounds suggested by Eaton and Johnston (1980a) so that, it seems that some unrecognised measurement problem must have been en­countered. It is not clearly known how definite Eaton and Johnston*s bounds are, although they are believed to have been drawn from a range of data of previous workers. (The raw uncorrected crossed-wire data of the present cases are lower (not shown) than the lower bound, near the re­attachment zone).

While most of the shear stress data of previous literature has had a much higher value near reattachment than at other stations, case (A) shows a rather different trend. The large differences between cases (A) and (B) and, indeed, some of the other results is perhaps due in part to the complex structure of the flow in that reattachment zone. This appears possible as Eaton and Johnston (1980b) in their review of the literature note a short plateau of constant shear stress in some of the data in the reattachment region. This is clearly shown in case (A) of the present study and similarly also in the data of Chandrsuda and Baker. For their part, Bradshaw and Wong (1972) suggested that the increase in shear stress is partly due to the backflow in the bubble although this suggestion does not fully support the data of case (A).

~~2 ~2 _A comparison of Reynolds stresses, u , v and -uv between the shear

Page 99: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

layer of the circulating jet and cases (A) and (B) for the step is shown in Figures (4.22), (4.23) and (4.24) respectively. The same reservations as for the comparison of mean velocity distribution apply, so that com­plete similarity is not possible, but nevertheless, the attempted com­parison should be of some value.

The present data involves no value of the virtual origin; it could hardly in any case, account for the differences between the profiles of cases (A) and (B) which indicate clearly the thicker shear layer of case (A). On the whole, agreement with the shear layer of the jet is much closer with case (B) which, with its thinner shear layer, is more closely com­parable to the jet with no initial boundary layer. This is especially so in the low intensity region, again emphasizing the significance of up­stream condition. As expected, agreement is not good in the region of low velocity and highly turbulence. Not surprisingly, the position where the peak stresses occur is slightly lower for the step than for the jet since the shear layer of the step is curved.

As is acknowledged, the shear layer of the step is considerablydifferent from that of the jet; it is interesting to examine the effectof normalizing the peak Reynolds stresses of the respective profile by usingthe square of the effective velocity difference, 1.2u . This would givemthe maximum values of cases (A) and (B) respectively as 0.028 and 0.035

—*> _for u ; 0.014 and 0.017 for v ; 0.0073 and 0.009 for -uv . For comparison,

~2 _values of u , v and -uv are 0.0275, 0.0185 and 0.0095 respectively in the shear layer of the jet. While Baker claimed good agreement of the maximum of the peak stresses (after being normalised by the square of the effective velocity difference) with those of Wygnanski and Fiedler's plane mixing layer, this was somewhat fortuitous in the case of turbulent shear stress since his crossed-wire results were not corrected and the actual value should be higher than measured one. Thus, care must be taken when com­paring hot-wire data of previous work. (Eaton and Johnston (1980b) it may be noted, believe that flapping has a substantial effect on u and not sig­nificantly on -uv, but it is not clear to what extent such phenomena have affected the present cases of how they depend upon the difference of initial conditions).

5.1.4 Discussion of Numerical jpredictions of flow over the Backward Facing Step

The predicted solutions of turbulent flow over the step shown in

Page 100: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figures (4.25) and (4.26) indicate the qualitative trend of the distri­butions of such flow, The present brief discussion of the solutions is' more concerned with the. difference in trend between the two selected cases, apart from the comparison between predicted and experimental mean velocity data.

It is clear from the predicted U profiles of Figure (4.25) that the shear layer of case (B) curves much earlier than case (A), indicating an earlier reattachment of the former. From the rest of the predicted U data (not shown here), the reattaching position of cases (A) and (B) is found to be 4 03h and 3.8h respectively. While the trend of the difference of this position is similar to the experimental measurements, the value has been underpredicted. Thus, very good quantitative agreement between ex­perimental and predicted velocity data near reattachment region cannot be found. It is probable that this is due to the fact that numerical errors arising at separation point can be simply convected downstream leading to bad predictions over the rest of the flow field (Castro, 1977). It is apparent from the figure that the shear layer thickness of the predicted values is greater for case (A) than case (B) - agreeing qualitatively with the experimental observation.

The overall trend of the difference in pressure coefficients of thetwo cases (Figure 4.26) seems satisfactory. As noted in the preliminarymeasurements of the backward facing step (Section 5.1.2), a slightlyearlier reattachment is found to have a higher Cp and a shift towardsmaxthe step in region where steep pressure rise occurs. This seems to be the case in the predicted distributions. Similarly, the rate of pressure recovery in the relaxation region is not greatly affected by initial conditions. What does not conform in trend with the experimental measure­ments is Cp . . While the experimental data indicate a less negative Cp .m m m mfor thinner boundary layer, the reverse occurs in the predicted data.This is probably due to numerical errors at separation.

The application of Chandrsuda*s method of assessing reattachment position from pressure distribution, encouragingly, gives good agreement with those assessed from the velocity profiles. The reattachment of cases (A) and (B) according to his method, gives the value as 4.35h and 3.85h respectively.

Page 101: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

5.1.5_Summary of Experimental_lnvestigation on Backward Facing Step

The study of the effect of various upstream conditions upon the simple reattaching shear layer flow associated with the backward facing step has revealed a number of significant features. Since there is only a slight difference in reattachment position of the shear layer with up­stream conditions, care must be taken in the* use of the measuring techniques if a better understanding is to be achieved. The accuracy of such tech­niques is significant because it can lead to misleading data; it is hoped that the present study is a useful addition to the data available. The significant features are summarised as follows:

(a) The thickness of the separated shear layer is linked to the initial boundary layer thickness. A thick boundary layer will be associated with increased mixing and entrainment into a separated shear layer which is correspondingly thicker, with a slightly different spreading rate.

(b) The' maximum Reynolds stresses downstream of the step are dependentupon the velocity gradient, bu/ by close to the wall in the approaching bound­ary layer and so upon its thickness. The difference between the peak values for the two initial conditions is much larger near reattachment zone and seems to be attributed to the complex structure of the flow in that region.

(c) It is found that the data can be collapsed to a considerable extentif the mean longitudinal velocity distribution in the near wake region isplotted in the form U/U vs (y-yn ,-)/ Ay where Ay is a measure of theni u «othickness of the layer. Better agreement is achieved also with the mean velocity data of the shear layer of an axisymmetrical jet if plotted in this form. This improved plot can be used to test and compare data ob­tained with other techniques such as the pulsed-wire or laser anemometers.

(d) With varying turbulent boundary layer thickness and free stream tur­bulence level before separation, the reattaching length of the shear layer appears to be slightly shorter with the smaller boundary layer, but the difference is not great and may represent a balance of conflicting in­fluences. The effect of higher free stream turbulence level appears not to have any significant effect on this length because boundary layer turbulence was usually higher than free stream turbulence and the fact that the separated shear layer is initially parallel to the outer stream, tended, in any case, to reduce mixing with that stream.

Page 102: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(e) The maximum and minimum pressures after separation together with thebase pressure, expressed in the form of coefficients, Cp , Cp . and Cp.max m m bseem to be affected by initial conditions. ^Pmax a P P e a r s to be higher for a slightly earlier reattachment of the shear layer, presumably due to a higher reattachment angle; the region of rapid pressure rise tends to be slightly shifted towards the step. The final rate of pressure recovery in the relaxation region appears not to be affected by initial conditions, but it is probably of importance for comparison purposes that the blockage ratio is the same in all the cases studied.

A useful measure of collapse of the results can be obtained using the modified coefficients of Roshko and Lau, and Narayanan et al which can reduce problems such as difference in reference pressure.

5.2 Axisymmetric Jet-Free Shear Layer

5.2.1 General

The purpose of including a supplementary investigation of the mixing layer of the axisymmetric jet was twofold: firstly, to provide a situation to test the calibration of the slanted pulsed-wire and to compare it with the crossed-wire and secondly, to afford a comparison with the mixing layer of the step and the block. For the first purpose, then, it was desirable to ensure that the jet was appropriately set up in a manner to permit com­parison with the existing body of work on the subject, and this condition had to be established first before the results could be used for the pur­poses of calibrations.

With the mean longitudinal velocity and turbulent intensity profilesattaining self-similarity at some distance downstream of the exit, Hussainand Zedan (1978a) reported that the distance required for such attainmentdepends on Re_ (Reynolds number based on initial momentum thickness) .02Self-similarity is reached earlier with increasing Re_ . They noted that62for an initially laminar boundary layer, the mean velocity and turbulent intensity profiles appear to reach self-similarity at the same distance from the exit. Whilst the details of the initial conditions were not important in the work here as the main concern was with the instrumentation technique, the profiles of Figures (4.27) and (4.28) indicate that in fact self-similarity has already been achieved at the nearest station, i.e. x = 1.54D. Yule (1978) in his work with laminar boundary layer at exit suggested

Page 103: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

5the transitional distance was 1.2 x 10 x v / U . for Re (Reynolds numberJ gD gbased on nozzle diameter) of between 9000 to 2 x 10 . With Re^ of 1.1 x 10 in the present work, x^ Works out to be equal to 1.1D. Thus, the location chosen for detailed measurements was within the region where self- simil­arity of profiles is attained, and the figures also confirm this.

The virtual origin is upstream of the separation point in the present case which appears to be in line with the work of Hussain and Zedan (1978a); according to their finding, X q is upstream for initially laminar cases,

but predominantly downstream for turbulent cases.

5.2^2 Mean_Velocities and Reynolds Stresses

In considering data taken with the pulsed-wire and thus the first aim, cited above, of calibrating the slanted pulsed-wire, it is essential to give a brief description of the factors which affect the accuracy of the technique by imposing limitations on its response. (The matter has been fully covered by Castro and Cheun, the present writer (Appendix 2)). These are (a) the thermal diffusion of the heat tracer prevents the re­sponse of the probe from being of perfect cosine law type (Figure 5.1),(b) any instantaneous velocity vector falling outside the cone of semi­angle 0, will be recorded as zero value; this is due to the probe geometry which limits the yaw response, so that 0 is typically around 70°. However, it has been found that the total response can be fitted reasonably by an expression

Um = U (cos 0 + esin 0) (5.1)for velocity vectors less than 0 . U and u are the mean of the measuredmand total velocities respectively; the latter is inclined at angle 0 to the direction normal to the plane of the probe. G is typically around 0.1 (Bradbury, 1976) and simply seems to fit the overall yaw angle.

The u profile (Figure 4.29a) taken with the pulsed-wire (with tjj = 0°) agrees reasonably well with the crossed-wire data both in the high and low velocity regions. A similar good agreement between single hot-wire and pulsed-wire has been reported by Castro (1973a) and Baker (1977) for other geometries. Data of U taken with pulsed-wire (with cp = + 45°) do not agree with crossed-wire and pulsed-wire (with cp ~ 0°) data in higher velocity areas except in the high turbulence low velocity region. Dis­agreement in the higher velocity area is due to the yaw response at low

Page 104: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

yaw angle. Whilst £ say of 0.1 may fit the whole range of yaw angles, the local value of e need not necessarily be the same; around 0=0°, £ wouldneed to be higher to give a better fit to the data. As the local turbulent intensity becomes higher, the probability of genuine zero velocity becomes higher and agreement in measurements at cp = +45° with = 0° is partly due to this. However, the nature of the response at higher yaw angles is also significant in considering the accuracy of the data and under these cir­cumstances seems not to affect the agreement in the high turbulence region. Since good agreement can be achieved with crossed-wire data when taking measurements with the pulsed-wire at (jj = 0°, this is generally to be pre­ferred for this purpose rather than using the pulsed-wire at ij; = +45°.The explanations for the comparison of the V profile between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire (with (J)= + 45°) in Figure (4.29b) are similar to those corresponding measurements for the U profile.

Figure (4.30) shows reasonable agreement between crossed-wire and ~2pulsed-wire data for u . The velocity probability density distribution

around the centre of the shear layer is close to a Gaussian field (Champagne et al, 1976), and thus the slight difference in the location where the peak value occurs may be due to probe interference in addition to measurement scatter. The other factor is that this is a region where local longitudinal turbulent intensity is about 30% and error can arise when the root-mean-square angle of fluctuations is close to the yaw limit of the probe, 0 (Bradbury and Castro,1971). Numerical evaluation of errors, fully treated in Appendix 2, has indicated the dependence on 0 and g for local intensity greater than around 20%. While hot-wire techniques achieved adequate accuracy in the low intensity region (<C20%) the pulsed-wire data gives slightly higher values; interference due to probe size may be the cause. In the locally highly turbulent region, measurement scatter is be­lieved to be mainly due to slight imperfections in the symmetry of the nozzle. Nevertheless, the pulsed-wire data are consistent and repeatable and, overall, can be regarded as satisfactory for the present purpose.

Figures (4.31) and (4.32) shows the qualitative trend of pulsed-wire~~2 —data with those of corrected crossed-wire for v and -uv respectively. In

a local intensity of less than, say 10%, the slight disagreement is princi­pally due to the nature of the yaw response. As the disagreement seems

2 2large for v , this is presumably due to the higher value of u in thisregion since the calculation of v^ requires measurements at (|j = 0° and +45°.

Page 105: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

In Appendix 2, with its fuller treatment, it is recorded from numerical“2calculation that e and 0 have significant effects upon the errors of v

and -uv. The disagreement with the crossed-wire data appears to be sig­nificant in regions of local intensity of between around 20% - 30%. As mentioned in the above paragraph, this is attributed to the contribution to the apparent intensity measurement by the missing heat tracer. It seems that the extent of the accuracy could be improved by having larger 0 , i.e., the appropriate reduction of the distance between the sensor and pulsed wires, but performing the experiment at a lower speed. In the area of higher turbulence, comparison with crossed-wire data is not profitable, but effects due to the nature of yaw. response'do contribute certain ~ errors. ■ '

As described more fully in Appendix 2, it is rather difficult to~2 —apply corrections to pulsed-wire data v and -uv in a manner used by Tutu

and Chevray (1975) for the crossed-wires0 These are because the errorsare dependent upon a number of parameters. For example, the errors in “2 __ ~2 i ~2 iv and -uv depend on the ratio (v )2/(u )2 , which varies within turbulent flows and also the significance on the ratio V/U» Therefore, data pre­sented in this thesis are not corrected.

5.3 Two-Dimensional Blocks

5.3.1 General

The general flow behaviour for the typical case with no reattachment on top surface of block is shown in Figure (4.33); this situation is the prime object,of the study, although for comparison, a case with reattachment on top surface is included in the preliminary stage. The approaching turbulent boundary layer experiences an adverse pressure gradient upstream of the block, produced by the deflection of flow. The boundary layer is forced to separate from the floor and reattaches on the front face of the block, thus enclosing a separation bubble of the order of the block height. The flow separates again from the top corner of the block due to the sharp change in its geometry. The shear layer is initially deflected, but curves towards the wall as the reattachment zone is approached, thus forming a re­circulation region. Fluid is entrained into the shear layer causing it to grow with distance downstream. At or near the reattachment zone, a certain fraction of the shear layer mass flow is deflected upstream to supply the entrainment. Behind the rear face is a small corner eddy caused by

Page 106: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

reseparation of reversed flow. Downstream of reattachment, the flow relaxes to typical normal boundary layer conditions at some far distance downstrearno

As it is known that the approaching flow decelerates upstream of the block, measurements taken with and without the presence of the block at x = -4.63h for cases with smooth and rough wall conditions, as shown in Figures (4.34) and (4.35) respectively, indicate that the effect is already being felt at this station. To what extent the presence of the block affects the development process of the boundary layer is not fully investigated in the present study, due to the limited time available.Good and Joubert (1968) showed that the extent of influence on pressure field upstream of fence increased with 6 /h. Thus, the region of in­fluence on the pressure field in the present study would be x = -46h for cases (1) to (3), -57h for case (4) and -39.6h for case (5). Measure­ments of the rough wall boundary layer condition at x = 9H (where x is the

g gdistance from generator height H) showed no influence with and without thepresence of a block (L = 0.5h) being placed at x = 20H - the difference

gbetween the two studies is about 55h. It is believed that the upstreaminfluence does not greatly affect the comparison of x /h in the preliminaryRstudy. Castro and Fackrell (1978) pointed out that upstream influence is greatest at large 6/h> the effects of blockage are greatest and possibly the flow is more sensitive to blockage than it is at lower 6/h. In fact, the present experimental arrangement is better in some ways than that of Counihan et al (1974) with the hot-wire probe measuring station fixed at x^ = 4.5H but with the block being shifted at various positions upstream of it. Obviously, the upstream influence will be more significant in their case.

For the rough wall boundary layer, the roughness lengthc determined from the semi-logarithmic plot, y is about 0.35mm (Dianat, 1980) and is

XJrelated to the average height of the roughness elements. Thus, the ratioy_/5 is about 0.0012 in the present case. The equivalent full scale Lroughness for a 600m boundary layer is 0.72m. The mean velocity profile is a reasonable fit with the exponent n of 0.24 (Dianat, 1980). Therefore, the present rough wall boundary layer, to a suitable scale, has the charac­teristics of suburban neutrally stable atmospheric flows (Counihan, 1973; Castro et al, 1975).

Page 107: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

5.3.2 Preliminary Cases: Boundary Layer and L/h Ratio Varied

5.3.2.1 Mean Longitudinal Velocity and Reynolds Stresses

For contrast with the prime case, the block with no top reattachment in a rough boundary layer, the effect of having sufficient length for re- . attachment on top surface to occur and the effects of smooth wall condition were included in the preliminary study. In this discussion, the velocity and stress distributions will first be presented. The trends discernible in the distributions will then be illustrated by further plots of shear layer characteristics such as position, thickness and maximum stress.

Figures (4.36) to (4.38) shown then the mean velocity profiles for the three cases with a rough wall boundary layer in this preliminary study, Cases (1), L/h = 0.5, (2), L/h = 1, (3), L/h = 2, and Figures (4.39) to (4.41) show the velocity profiles for the three cases with the block L/h = 0 . 5 in different boundary layer conditions, cases (1), (4) and (5); they have the general shapes to be expected. Before proceeding to the further detailed discussion of the results, it may be said that although hot-wire measurements were not accurate in highly turbulent regions (>20%), the trends in data comparison will be shown quite well since the same intrum- entation was used for all the cases. For the data presented in all these figures, the local intensity is not more than 50%. In the discussion, the effect of different streamwise length with constant height in the rough boundary layer will first be considered followed by the effect of a different boundary layer.

5.3.2.1 (a)_Effect of different_block length in ’rough* boundary layer

As noted from Figures (4.36) to (4.38), the separated shear layer for all the blocks in the rough layer is thin initially, say at typical position x/h = 1.06 and grows with distance downstream due to entraining of fluid. Clearly, as the shear layer grows, the region where the velocity gradient is steep becomes wider. As shown from these profiles, the shear layer for L = 2h which is thinner than the other two cases at x/h = 1.06 becomes thicker at the rest of the stations. In this case, the shear layer reattaches on the top face at x/h = 1.45, and separates again, en­training fluid from the second recirculation region which is perhaps com­parable to that of a backward facing step, and finally reattaches at 6.1h (measured from the rear face of the block) , earlier than the other cases.

Page 108: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

On the contrary, the shear layer for both L = 0.5h and lh did not reattach on the top surface. As clearly shown from these figures, the shear layer reattaches slightly earlier in the latter case at 8h instead of 9h. (The rather similar problem of shear layer reattachment on the side faces of a two-dimensional block with L > h in uniform flow with low turbulence level have been studied by a number of workers (Ota and Itasaka, 1976; Ota and Narita, 1978)).

In the higher velocity region of the near wake zone, it seems that the flow accelerates slightly, noticeably in stations before the mid-point of the recirculation zone. This can be attributed to the deflection of the shear layer and the alteration of the pressure field due to changes in the recirculation zone. The flow seems to have a higher acceleration for cases with further downstream reattachment. The slight difference of the velocity profiles in the higher velocity region (Figures 4.36 and 4.37) is associated with difference of reattachment length; little difference is observed just downstream of final reattachment presumably due to the slow return to normal flow conditions.

The present cases have indicated the significance of streamwise length of block particularly the complete change in flow pattern that may occur if the top length is sufficient for reattachment. It appears therefore that the entire pressure field around the block is dependent upon the ratio L/h; the effect at x/h = 0 is demonstrated by the mean velocity distribution (Figure 5.2) and a corresponding effect on pressures may be expected in accordance with Bernoulli’s equation. Little study has been made previously with two-dimensional blocks immersed in a thick boundary layer, particularly with L/h>l. Nevertheless, for the present purposes, it would be useful to draw upon previous studies with thinner undisturbed boundary layer thickness. In the study of Arie et al (1975b) with 5 /h of nearly 2, no reattachment on the top surface was found for the case with L = 2h, but occurred with L = 4h. For this latter case, reattachment on the top was located at about 2.5h from the front face while final reattachment was at 5h from the rear face. This seems to be close to the value of 6.1h in the present cases for the block with L = 2h despite the difference in initial condition, L/h and method of assessing reattachment position. The separated shear layer relaxes and separates again like that of the backward facing step if the block length is large enough. The blockage ratio in their case is about 2.5% compared to the present case of 5.6%; this difference of blockage may affect the present

Page 109: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

comparison. (According to Castro and Fackrell (1978) in fence flow studies, reattachment moves further downstream as blockage increases for §/h > 2 .3,

whereas for 6 /h < 2 . 3 it moves upstream).

Comparison of case (3) and Baker (1977) with the same ratio L/h = 2, as expected, does not show good agreement. In contrast to the present case g /h was 0.7 with low free stream turbulence; the shear layer did not

reattach on the top surface, so that the flow pattern was more comparable with cases (1) and (2).

Further confirmation of the effect on reattachment of changing L/h can be drawn from the experimental work of Durst and Ras'togi (1979). For cases with rectangular block geometry of L = 0.5h and lh, and a ratio of § /h of 0.5 in each case, reattachment downstream of block occurs earlier

for the longer block as in the present work. At the same blockage as in the present cases, the difference of reattachment between the two cases of their work is about 1.6h, compared with a difference of lh between cases (1) and (2). The trend towards greater reattachment length with shorter block is confirmed here. A fence of L = 0.15h with sharp-edged top, bevelled 45° at the back was included in their work; reattachment was found to be still further away than for the rectangular block with L = 0.15h. Similar observations have also been recorded by Castro and Fackrell (1978), but with L = lh and 5 /h = 9.3.

Figures (4.43) to (4.45) show the mean longitudinal stresses for the three blocks of different lengths in the rough layer in the preliminary study. Again, as with the mean velocity data, the distributions do in­dicate the separated shear layer thickness, which is thin initially as indicated by the narrow peak region, say at x/h = 1.06, and becomes thicker as the shear layer grows with distance downstream. As will be discussedin Section (5.3.3), the mean dividing streamline coincides with the point

~~2where (u ) occurs. for about the first 70% of the recirculation region, maxand this can be assumed to be applicable in the present distributions.As with the mean velocity distributions, the Reynolds stress data indicate earliest reattachment with L/h = 2 followed by L/h = 1 . 0 and then L/h = 0 . 5

~~2From Figure (4.43), (u ) of case (3) L/h = 2, appears to be highermaxthan the other two cases at about x/h = 1.06. This is attributed to the reattachment on the top face with the small recirculating region and the rapid re-entrainment of fluid into that region. For case (2) L/h = 1.0,

Page 110: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

no steady reattachment occurs, but possibly an intermittent action which~2may have caused a higher (u ) than case (1) L/h =0. 5. It is apparent

— 1Q3>Xthat (u ) of case (3) which is initially higher than cases (1) and (2) maxbecomes lower at stations beyond x/h =2.13. At the same time, the dif-

~~2ference in (u ) between cases (1) and (2) becomes less as the reattach- maxment zone is approached. While each of the three cases has a'different value

2of it is probable that the difference in (u )max among them is partlydue to the velocity difference across the shear layer, which varies withx/h* The effect of streamline curvature could also entail a decrease of ~2(u )max« Although the hot-wire technique may not be accurate in highlyturbulent regions, it is possible to notice a barely significant difference

~~2of (u ) between cases (1) and (2) at x/h = 9 . 6 and 10.67, the former maxreattaching lh later than the latter.

5,3.2.1 (b) Effect of different boundary layer with L = 0.5h

The case with L/h =0.5, with no top reattachment, being chosen as the principal object of the present study, the data of case (1) with such a block in a 'rough* layer may be compared with the data of cases (4) and(5) with such blocks in a 'smooth' layer. From Figures (4.39) to (4.41), the mean vel0city distributions indicate a thicker separated shear layer and earlier reattachment for case (1) with the block in the 'rough' layer, than for the other cases. These are attributed to the higher turbulence level within the initial boundary layer of case (1), with a typical value of local intensity of 14.3% at block height. For cases (4) and (5) with the 'smooth' layer, it appears that the former has a thicker shear layer and reattaches slightly earlier than the latter; local intensity at block height is 7.2% and 5.6% respectively. As noted earlier for the three cases with the 'rough' layer, similar evidence of flow acceleration in the higher velocity region is also found in the present comparison of cases (1), (4) and (5) .

It appears from the present study for cases with L = 0.5h that thereis no clear trend between 6 /h and x_/h, which are respectively, for caseR(1) 5 and 9, for case (4) 6.8 and 13 and for case (5) 4 and 14.

It was noted in the fence flow studies of Castro and Fackrell for blockage ratio.', comparable to the present cases that, as §/h increased (from 0.29 to 9.3), reattachment of the shear layer occurred earlier, although significance of turbulent characteristics of the undisturbed

Page 111: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

boundary layer was also acknowledged. In their case, fences of various heights were placed at different stations in a smooth wall boundary layer. They found that for a sqiiare section £>lock at constant 6 /h = 9.3, re­attachment length was only about 0.3h greater.for a blockage ratio of 6% than for one of 3.6%. It is unlikely then that the slight difference of blockage between case (4) and cases (1), (5) could have any appreciable effect upon the difference in reattachment.

It was recorded by Castro (1980b) for cases where 5 not greater than block height and free stream turbulence was 5.2% and 7.5% that the position of the shear layer did not appear to be affected by these tur­bulence levels. In the present case, however, the turbulence intensity at block height is considerably higher and as will be shown is a sig­nificant parameter for the characteristics of the shear layer and so for its reattachment. It is probable that, since the recirculating zone and the shear layer bounding it are highly turbulent, if the typical free stream turbulence level at block height is not high enough, the effect upon reattachment may be small. In uniform bluff body flows, Laneville et al (1977) have indicated -the effectiveness of turbulence intensity directly upstream of the stagnation line upon the flow pattern. According to them, it is unnecessary to use grids to generate the free stream turb­ulence, but a small-diameter rod should suffice. Whilst it is probably true that the position of the shear layer is related to 62/*1 ^or § no greater than h (Castro, 1980b), it would be rather difficult to study the effect of turbulence greater than around 12% in the outer free stream for it is difficult to attain such a level uniformly, say by using a grid. In the preliminary study where 6 2/*1 was mac*e the same for both cases (1) and (4), the variation of the shear layer position between the two cases seems to be accounted for by the variation of turbulence of the initial boundary layer. Even for cases (4) and (5) where 62/*1 ^he latter is slightly greater than half the former, the difference in reattachment distance is about lh. It seems therefore, that, the turbulence level of the initial boundary layer is a significant parameter for a block immersed in turbulent boundary layer.

Very little fully, detailed work, however, has been done previously upon a two-dimensional block immersed in thick boundary layer, and mainly concerns square section blocks in a 'smooth* layer. For example, 6 /h in the work of Tillman (1945) was 3.3 with x^/h oi about 13.5. Blockage in his case is about 0 .86% and is not a factor in the comparison of x^/h with

Page 112: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

case (2). In the work of Castro and Fackrell, x / h was about 10 atRblockage of 6% with 6 /h = 9.3. While reattachment of these cases was not earlier than the present case (2), it is likely that the typical local intensity at block height of these cases was not higher than case (2) with the 'rough' layer.

For cases with L/h = 1 and thinner 'smooth* layer and low free streamturbulence ( <1%) , x^/h Cr'abb et al (1977) was 12 with 6 /h = 0.55 atblockage of 7.83%; x^/h of Cenedese et al (1979) was 11 with § /h = 1 atblockage of 20%; x / h of Castro and Fernholz (1980) was about 12.5 withR6 /h = 0.34 at blockage of 7.5%; x^/h of Durst and Rastogi (1979) was 14

with § A = 1 at blockage of 6%. While blockage has a certain influence upon x^/h, it appears that reattachment does not vary considerably for cases with thinner 'smooth' layer and is consistently further away from the block than the present case (2).

Cases with L/h = 1 and thick 'rough' layer can be drawn from thework of Counihan et al (1974) and Castro (1979) for comparison. ForCounihan et al, x A was around 7 with & /h = 8, local intensity at block Rheight was around 14.4% and blockage was about 10%. This reattaching position is near to the value of 8 of case (2) in the present study; the slight disagreement between the two values is presumably due to the block being placed at various distances and the method of assessing reattachment, which in their study, employed a flow visualisation technique. For Castro, three cases were considered and designated as FlL, F2l , FlS with §/h equal 6.4, 5.9, 14.5; ( y/u^/U) equal 14.7%. 19%, 20% and (h/W0) equalil w3.6%, 3.3%, 1.6% respectively. Interestingly, he reported the occurrence of reattachment on the top face of block for the three cases, but the exact mean location was not specified. By contrast, this did not occur in case(2) of the present study, where the local intensity at block height is comparable to FlL of his case; it is possible that occasionally the in­stantaneous position of the shear layer impinges on the top face or brushes over the rear top corner of block. The reattaching position of the shear layer downstream of block for only one reported case, F2l , was around lOh (measured from front face); this value is higher than case (2) and the difference is presumably due to the accuracy of the technique employed.In general, then the reattachment is nearer to the block for cases with thick 'rough' layer.

Figures (4.46) to (4.48) by contrast present the longitudinal stresses

Page 113: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

for the three cases (1), (4) and (5) where the geometry is the same,L = 0.5h but the boundary layer varies; they indicate the variation in shear layer thickness and the much earlier reattachment of case (1) in

~2 2the thick * rough* layer. By plotting in this way (u /U ) vs */h as shown in the figures, the difference of the peak values among the three cases is not significant. As mentioned earlier, the typical local tur­bulent intensity at block height is a significant parameter to be con­sidered for a block immersed in thick boundary layer. Thus it is worth-

~2 2while here to plot (u /U, ) for the three cases as shown in Figure (5.3);h maxU. is the typical velocity at block height of the undisturbed boundary layer, hNo significant difference between cases (4) and (5) is found if plotted in this way, (Figure 5.3), as is also noted in Figure (4.52), but the dif­ference with case (1) is more apparent in Figure (5.3). Therefore, from Figure (5.3), if the local turbulent intensity at block height is not high enough (up to 7%), the effect on the peak value is not significant. If, however, the local turbulence upstream at block is notably higher, say 14% as in the present case, then the turbulence intensity in the shear .layer, normalised by the square of the upstream mean velocity at block height,is substantially increased. What is common in cases (4) and (5) is that ~2(u ) decreases to a minimum at around x/h = 4 from x/h = 1, then in­maxcreases to a maximum at between x/h = 7 to 10» The occurrence of thisminimum value at around x/h = 4 is likely to be due to the effect of thevelocity difference across the shear layer becoming more significant fromabout x/h = 5 onwards. This velocity difference, which varies with x/h,has the largest value at around the mid-position of the recirculation zone

“2(Section 5.3.3), thus the occurrence of maximum (u ) between x/h = 7maxto 10 seems to be due to this factor.

Whilst the present measurements did not include those at farther distances downstream of reattachment, the limited measurements of case(4) (Figure 4.49) do indicate the initial process of the relaxation of the flow to normal condition at some distance downstream. Indeed, Castro(1979) has demonstrated that, even at x/h = 50, the boundary layer is still far from undisturbed profile.

5.3.2.1. (c) Overall effect_of boundary layer and geometry of block

The trends that are detected in the velocity and stress distributions can be seen more clearly if the position and width of the layer and the maximum stress are plotted against distance for the various cases.

Page 114: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The shear layer positions (represented by the height where U = 0.5Umshown in Figure (4.50) are consistent, then,with the reattachment position of the cases studied; i 4e. the shear layer is further away from the floor if reattachment is further downstream of block. The 'dip* of the shear layer position around x/h = 4 of case (3) is attributed to the reattach­ment on top face of block. The shear layer position demonstrated in this figure shows the nature of this kind of separated flow. For the backward facing step, on the other hand, the shear layer position is initially nearly parallel to the step height, but curves towards the wall as the reattachment zone is approached.

The arbitrarily defined shear layer thickness of Figure (4.51) indicates the qualitative trend of the cases considered in the preliminary study. For the cases with the 'rough* layer, it is seen that the shear layer growth rate near the block is more rapid for case (3) than the other cases, an indication of greater entrainment.

For the cases with L/h =0.5, as expected, the shear layer of case(1) is thicker with a greater growth rate than the cases with * smooth* layer. Not surprisingly, the shear layer thickness between the two cases with a 'smooth* layer differs slightly - for reasons discussed earlier.

~2Figure (4.52) shows the variation of (u ) at various stations ofmaxthe cases considered in the preliminary study; the discussion for this has been incorporated earlier.

Figure (4.53) shows the shear layer position as defined as the point ~2where (u ) occurs, for all the cases considered in the preliminary work, max

Again here, the trend of the data is similar to that in the earlier dis­cussion on Figure (4.50), showing the position defined by U = 0.5U .m

The importance of upstream turbulence is emphasized by Figure (4.54) which shows the expected disagreement of the shear layer center-line be­tween case (2) and those of Castro (1980a), where the free stream turbulence although appreciable was lower than in the present case with its thick boundary layer. While it is apparent from his work that the shear layer position does not vary greatly with free stream turbulence within the boundswith which he was working, say less than 8%, it seems that the higher levelof turbulence in the boundary layer has- a marked effect.

Page 115: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Again here, Figure (4.55) shows the disagreement between case (3) with L/h = 2 and that of Baker with similar geometry but thin boundary layer. With no reattachment occurring on the top face of block in his work, the shear layer position indicates the general shape with the de­flection and curving of shear layer at separation and near reattachment (behind block) respectively, more comparable with the present case (1) where no top reattachment occurs 0

5.3.2^2 Mean_Surface_Static JPressure

The mean surface static pressure distributions of Figure (4.56) indicate the general shape of the cases considered in the preliminary study, excluding case (4). Although no detailed measurements were taken at areas close to the wall and corners of both the front and rear faces, the present data at least demonstrate the comparative differences between the various cases.

It is probable that the pressure coefficient reaches its maximumon the front face of each block before dropping as the flow separates overthe upwind corner of the block (Arie et al, 1975b; Baker, 1977). Theposition where this maximum occurs corresponds to the reattachment positionof the mean dividing streamline associated, with the bubble separated aheadof the block. For the three cases with 'rough* layer, perhaps it is of nosurprise that the maximum values of these cases are about the same sinceIL./U and 5/h are both the same. A very similar study by Arie et al T o(1975b) for L/h = 1 to 6 showed no significant change of the maximumvalues. By contrast there is a difference between cases (1) and (5) asIL./U and 6/h are different between the two; Arie et al (1975b) also T orecorded disagreement of the maximum values for cases with different initial condition but same L/h ratio. Even for the same L/h ratio and U^/Uq , disagreement of the pressure level on front face can be due to differences in 6/h; see case FlL and FlS of Castro (1979) as shown in the figure.

On the top face, the qualitative trend of the pressure plot for the three cases with ’rough* layer is consistent with the concomitant variation of the shear layer position; the trend of the pressure distribution due to changing L/h ratio is also noticed in the work of Arie et al (1975b) . The reattachment of the shear layer on the top face of case (3) is associated with a lower (i.e. more negative) pressure in the smaller recirculating

Page 116: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

region, followed by a strong pressure recovery at reattachment and a higher (i.e. less negative) base pressure than the other cases. As has been seen from the velocity distributions, the position of the shear layer of case (3) is curved more sharply towards the top face by the low pressure region caused by increased entrainment. For case (2), with the possibility of intermittent reattachment there is a weak sign of pressure recovery, with a lower base pressure than case (3) . I't is also evident from the three cases in 'rough* boundary layer that the drag of the block tends to decrease with increasing L/h. For cases (1) and (5), the pressure plot on the top surface is virtually constant and is near to the base pressure, consistent with the absence of shear layer reattachment on the surface.For these two cases with different level of turbulent intensity at block height, the drag is seen to decrease if the intensity is higher, as is also found by Castro (1979) .

It is not surprising to see that there is good agreement between the pressure plot on the top face for case (2) and that of case FlL of Castro also with L/h = 1, since the local intensity at block height is about the same. Similarly, this is observed in the base pressure. What is inter­esting in case FIS of Castro is that there is no stronger pressure recovery than cases FlL and F2l despite the fact that the local intensity at block height is greater than the others; probably., the shear layer reattachment on top surface does not vary steadily with this intensity.

It may be said that the longitudinal integral turbulence scale within the boundary layers, a possible factor to consider, probably does not sig­nificantly affect the measured pressure distributions in the present study. From Robins (1979), the length scale is around 0.2h to 0.4H, thus, giving the minimum and maximum length scale / block height ratios in the present cases to be 1 and 3 respectively whereas Laneville et al (1977) concluded that there was no apparent effect upon the shear layer for a ratio less than 5.

5.3.3_£Telected Case; Block with no_Top Reattachment in Rough Boundary_Layer

After the preliminary examination of the effect of block length/ height ratio and of boundary layer characteristics, attention is concentrated upon the detailed examination of the shear layer of the block, with L/h =0.5, in a thick 'rough* layer.

Page 117: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure (4.57) then shows the mean longitudinal velocity profiles of the near wake region for the block. Few measurements of the near wake region have been taken by previous workers, presumably due to lack of proper instrumentation, but the present measured profiles agree qualitat­ively with earlier studies of blocks with no top reattachment, the pulsed- wire measurements of Baker (1977) and the laser measurements of Crabb et al (1977) and Cenedese et al (1979). No reattachment occurs on the top face of this selected case, there is a supply of fluid into the recirculating region above the block as the separated shear layer grows. The maximum reversed velocity in this region is slightly greater than O.IU^ compared to the value of about 0.311^ as reported by Baker for a block with L/h = 2 in a thin boundary layer. This is probably due to the different region above the top of the block. It appears that this reversed flow area merges with the recirculation region behind the block, thus forming a single larger separated region. Near the wall at about x/h = 1 there is a small recirculation region, in the opposite sense to the larger region. The reseparation point which is associated with the presence of adverse pressure gradient, occurs at a distance of slightly greater than 0.5h measured from the rear face as in Baker’s case. The larger recirculation region is seen to extend to about x/h = 9 . 2 with maximum reversed velocity slightly exceeds 0 .2Ur ,occurring at about the mid-length of this region, rather less than Baker’s value of 0.3Ur <> This is likely to be due to the rather greater distance to reattachment of the shear layer in his case, associated with a generally larger and higher recirculation region, implied by a maximum height of the mean dividing streamline of 2h compared with the present 1.6h. Figure (4.57) shows the shear layer becoming thicker with distance downstream; beyond reattachment, the velocity profiles should recover to typical undisturbed boundary layer distribution.

Figure (4.58) shows the qualitative trend of the fraction of flow reversal (Rx ) profiles in the near wake region. In the region above block height at x/h = 0.5 and 1.0, R is quite high compared to other downstreamXstations due to the re-entrainment of mass fluid into the region on the top face of block. Not surprisingly, R is quite low near the wall atXx/h = 1.06 due to the presence of the corner eddy behind the rear face of the block. It is apparent that the effect of this corner eddy begins to be felt at about x/h = 2.13 in the area near the wall, say below y/h = 0.5.In region of 0.5 [y/h -^l .2, R^ is higher than at stations beyond x/h = 2.13; this is attributed to the entrainment of fluid into the shear layer, which continues its growth. The value of R^ decreases as reattachment is approached.

Page 118: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

not especially rapidly in the area near the mid-length of the region, but more so as the shear layer curves towards reattachment from about x/h = 6 . 4 onwards. It is known that a certain fraction of the shear layer mass flow is deflected upstream of reattachment to supply the entrainment. Due to the complexity of the flow phenomena near reattachment zone and the move­ments of the large eddies, there still exists a certain degree of flow reversal just downstream of the mean reattachment line but the value of R^ would then return to zero as the flow relaxed in the far wake region. It is also seen that the mean dividing streamline nearly conincides with point of zero flow reversal in the initial half of the recirculation region, but departs from it as the shear layer curves inwards to the wall.

As shown in Figure (4.59), the point of zero mean velocity within the region of the shear layer is very nearly the same as the point where local mean flow is 50% reversal. Thus, the mean reattachment point ob­tained from the mean dividing streamline can be assessed by measuring the point close to the wall where the flow is 50% reversal. (This latter approach of assessing reattachment has been undertaken by Eaton et al (1979) using thermal tuft technique but it is not possible to indicate whether it co­incides with that from the mean dividing streamline). This figure also indicates that the flow is symmetrical about the point of zero mean velocityor has zero skew. The distribution is not necessarily of Gaussian type,but it depends on the flatness factor.

In a similar approach to that used for the backward facing step, the mean longitudinal velocity distributions are compared with the shear layer data of the jet, Figure (4.60). Although the data for the block contains no allowance for x q , the qualitative trend is clear. Agreement with the shear layer of the jet is seen to be better in the low velocity region than at high velocity. Unlike that of the jet, the low velocity region of the block is associated with the recirculating region, so that very close agreement cannot be expected. Further, the separated shear layer of the block is deflected initially before it curves towards reattachment. Dis­agreement with the data for the jet must be partly due to the initial thickboundary in the case of the block. Indeed, this seems to be emphasizedwhen Baker’s data are shown for comparison as in Figure (4.61). In his case, with the thinner boundary layer, 6/h = 0.7, the shear layer thickness shows better overall agreement.

The modified plot of the velocity profiles normalised using shear

Page 119: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

layer thickness (Figure 4.62) indicates a good degree of collapse of the distributions from about x/h = 3 . 2 onwards, although the value of this approach is admittedly limited by the arbitrary definition of thickness.The thickness, as defined, is plotted in Figure (4.64) with Baker’s data for a block with L/h = 2 in a thin boundary layer included. It is apparent from Figure (4.64) that the thickness of the present case drops to a minimum at about x/h = 3 before it rises again, in contrast to the case with 6/h much less than one. Thus, it seems to indicate that the degree to which the data collapses depends on 6/h (Figure 4.62). The overall comparison with the data of the jet is better where the body is in a thin boundary layer, as in (Figure 4.63) which shows Baker’s detailed results.

The mean transverse velocity profiles of Figure (4.65) exhibit the general shape of the distributions associated with flow over the block.The distributions agree qualitatively with those of Baker for the block in thin boundary layer. Near the block, for example at x/h = 1.06, the flow is directed upwards, say from about y/h = 1 . 6 onwards due to deflection of the shear layer, A much less positive value at about y/h = 1 . 4 and x/h = 1.06 is associated with the supply of flow over the top face of the block. Within the recirculation region at between around x/h = 1.06 to 3.2, the flow is directed upwards due to entrainment of fluid into the growing shear layer. The flow seems to change sign.at about x/h = 4 onwards, beyond which the shear layer curves towards the reattachment zone. The negative value of V appears to become larger around the centre of the shear layer as this zone is approached, due to the deflection of mass flow up­stream of reattachment. As it is known that the instantaneous reattachment line fluctuates within a band (based on tufts visualization), it is not surprising to observe a large negative V at about x/h = 9 . 6 . V should become insignificant farther downstream.

Figure (4.66) demonstrates the typical trend of the fraction of flowtowards the wall (R ). As expected, the values of R before about x = 0.5xy y Rare not higher than those near the reattachment zone. R is low withinythe bubble at about x/h = 1.06 to 2.13 due to the entraining fluid into the shear layer from the recirculating eregion. A dip of the profile at y/h = 0 . 8 and x/h = 2 . 1 3 is caused by the presence of the corner eddy behind the block. Again at x/h =9.6, R^ is still high. The distribution below y/h = 0 , 7 at x/h = 8.54 does not indicate a smooth curve as in x/h = 7.47 and 9.6, and is believed to be due to experimental uncertainty. A dotted line is included to show the plausible curve.

Page 120: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

F i g u r e (4.67a and b) exhibits the comparison between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire data for the block taken at one station, x/h = 4.27.Again, as before in the comparison undertaken in the shear layer of the jet, the U data taken with the pulsed-wire ( ijj = 0°) agrees reasonably well with the crossed-wire datae The U data taken with the pulsed-wire ( (jj =^£45°) only agrees closely with those of tjj = 0° as local intensity becomes higher, from about 40% onwards. Similarly, the V data taken with the pulsed-wire ( t|j= +, 45°) also do not exhibit any better agreement with crossed-wire data in the high velocity region. Explanations for these are similar to those described earlier in Section (5.2.2). The comparison between crossed-wire data for V and those with pulsed-wire ( (Jj = 90°) seems to be better than those at ([) = + 45° in the low intensity region (<20%). However, the functioning of the probe at tjj = 90° is sensitive in this region since very few heat tracers will be picked up the the sensor wire. Although the mag­nitude of V is so small in such region (nearly zero), it seems that com­parison is practicable. The pulsed-wire ( (Jj = 90°) data does not seem to agree satisfactorily with the crossed-wire data at local intensity of be­tween around 20% to 40%. This is undoubtedly due to the erroneous contri­bution of missed tracers to the pulsed-wire thus giving a lower magnitude for V in this region. Agreement between pulsed-wire data taken with (Jj =4- 45° and 90° is better for intensity greater than about 50%; it is because statisitical quantities do include genuine.zero velocity signals in this area.

~2Figure (4.68) shows reasonable agreement for u between the crossed- wire and pulsed-wire ((Jj = 0°) data at x/h = 4.27. The magnitude of the pulsed-wire data is slightly higher and the explanation for this is similarto that discussed earlier. Unlike the earlier comparison (Section 5.2.2),

~2 —the figures for v (Figure 4.70) and -uv (Figure 4.72) as taken by crossed-wire and pulsed-wire ( (Jj = 0°, + 45° for v ; (Jj = + 45° for -uv) techniques deviate widely around the centre of the shear layer. Bearing in mind the assumptions incorporated by Tutu and Chevray mentioned earlier (Section 3.4.1.4), the accuracy of the corrected crossed-wire data may be doubted in the present comparison. In the centre of the shear layer of the jet, the local intensity is about 30% with V/U =0.017. In contrast, for the two-dimensional block measurements here, the local intensity at y/h = 1 . 5 and 1.9 is 60% and 30% respectively with corresponding values of V/U = -0.1 and -0.06. Thus the significance of V and the change of sign may cast doubt on the use of such corrections applied to raw crossed-wire data for the present flow. In fact, significant errors seem to occur as demonstrated

Page 121: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

in Appendix 2 in the estimation of errors of pulsed-wire measurements.

As may be noted from Figure (4.70), v taken with the pulsed-wire ( Cp = 90°) is lower than crossed-wire data in a local intensity of less than 20%. This is due to the few tracers of heated air being picked up with the probe at (J) = 90°. As noted by Bradbury (1976) in numerical calculations, the error appears to be large 'in such a region; an error of 10% is attainable once the local intensity exceeds 50%. The disagree­ment between the two sets of pulsed-wire data around local intensity of 20% to 40% is attributed to the erroneous contribution of the missed tracers already pointed out.

Figures (4.68) to (4.73) show the distributions of turbulence quant­ities and turbulent shear stress in the near wake region. Again here, the nature of the separated shear layer growth is apparent, with narrow peak profiles near the block and much broader profiles at or near reattachment zone. As indicated from these profiles, the position of the mean dividing streamline is very near to the position where peak values occur for most of the near wake region, deviating from it at about x/h = 7.47. Due to the variation of reattachment length in different cases, it is perhaps valuable to calculate a normalised value for this station where deviationfrom the dividing streamline occurs as (x -. x )/h. This gives a Value ofRabout -1.73 compared to -2 in Baker*s case with the thin boundary layer.

In the distributions of all the quantities, there appears to be akink near the wall at x/h = 1.06 and 2.13. This is presumably due to thepresence of the corner eddy. It is noticed that (u ) has its highestmaxvalue at x/h = 1.06, appearing to be nearly constant for a considerabledistance of between around x/h = 2.13 to 6.4 before decreasing as the re-

~2attachment zone is approached. The trend of (v ) is similar up to aroundmaxx/h =6.4, beyond which it increases to become nearly constant. This in-

~2 ~~2 crease of (v ) and decrease (u ) is seemingly due to the longitudinal max maxstrain rate d u / ^ x , which increases the longitudinal vorticity component.

2 ~~2 Near the wall at the reattachment zone, u decreases slightly while vremains nearly constant, perhaps due to the effect of the wall on the flow.

2 ~2The fact that peak values of u and v are higher at x/h = 1.06 than at x/h = 2 . 1 3 and 6.4 is possibly due to the effect of fluid supplied to the top face of the block; the velocity difference across the shear layer at x/h = 1.06 is not much higher than at x/h = 2.13 and 6.4. While there

Page 122: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

is not any significant variation of the (u ) and (v ) between x/hmax max= 2 o13 and 6.4, it may be that the slight variation of velocity difference across the shear layer and the turbulent interchange of fluid from the recirculation region cancels out opposing effectsc In terms of (x-x^)/h, the distance x/h = 2 e13 and 6 e4 becomes - 7 and - 2 08 respectively0

At present, there seems to be no data taken with other techniques such as the laser in similar studies to permit further comparison. Never­theless, the pulsed-wire data at least provides a basis for future com­parison, if required. Although the figures obtained are higher than thecrossed-wire data, the trend of (-uv) of various stations appearsmaxgenerally the same with the two present techniques c The peak turbulentshear stress increases slightly up to about x/h = 2.13, beyond which itremains nearly the same up to x/h =9 . 6 . While the present measurementsdo not include those beyond x/h =9.6, one would anticipate a return of(-uv) to the normal boundary layer value in the far wake. As the mean maxvelocity gradient ( ^U/ ^y) at x/h = 1.06 is much higher than at anymaxother stations downstream, it might be that again the structure of theshear stress is affected by the supply of fluid on the top face of theblock. As it is true that the velocity difference across the shear layervaries within the near wake region, it is also true that the mean velocitygradient at point of (-uv )max decays as the .reattachment zone is approached,but remains nearly the same at that zone. Similarly, there is a variationof ( O V /^x) which is negative since the mean transverse velocity maxchanges sign; ^ V / ^ x is nearly zero at the reattachment zone so that thereis not any significant change of V. While ( ^V/ ^x) may be hard tomaxassess accurately because of the small magnitude of V, it is likely here that the strain rate remains nearly identical at the point of (-uv) max.

Unlike the case of the backward facing step, there is no significantchange of the (-uv ) near reattachment zone of the two-dimensional block.maxThe difference in flow structure near this zone between the backward facing step and the block without top reattachment merits further study.

Close observation of Baker’s data appears to show nearly the samephenomena for the stresses at the reattachment zone despite the differentinitial condition and block geometry. Baker also recorded a fairly constantvalue of the normal stress within a considerable distance of which in termsof (x-x )/h was -7 and -2 and the agreement seems satisfactory with the Rpresent work if normalised in this way. As the present detailed measurements

Page 123: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

of turbulence stresses were made for just one case, it is useful to note the consistency with Baker's case. (Little experimental work has been done previously on the near wake region for cases with 6 / h » l , thus the present comparison is somewhat limited). Nevertheless, further similar study would be required by future researchers, which may help to clarify the trend of comparison.

The turbulence stresses of the separated shear layer associated with the two-dimensional block are compared in Figure (4.74) to (4.76) with those of the shear layer of the jet; as might be expected, very close agreement is not to be found. It is clear from these figures that the shear layer of the block is thicker than that of the jet when normalised in this fashion. Again, here, by taking the effective velocity difference as 1 ,22U _______ __ m2 ^2for normalisation, this will reduce the maximum values of (u ) (v ) max, maxand (*“uv)max 0«038, 0,0255 and 0,0117 respectively. The correspondingmaximum values after being normalised by the effective velocity differencefound in Baker's case are 0.036, 0,0196 and 0,01, Bearing in mind herethat -uv in his work was measured using crossed-wire technique, the agree-

~~2 ~~2ment with the normalised values of u and v seems significant despitethe difference of initial condition and block ratio (L/h) .

The qualitative agreement of the trend- of shear layer growth is also evident from the turbulent kinetic energy profiles of Figure (4,77). Duetto deflection of the shear layer, the point where peak value occurs atx/h = 3 . 2 is slightly higher than at x/h = 1.06 and as the shear layercurves towards the reattachment zone, the position of the peak value atx/h = 9.6 is lower than at x/h = 7.47. It is rather difficult to makeany comparison with previous data since the profile of Figure (4.77) weredrawn from crossed-wire data. For example, the turbulent kinetic energyprofiles of Baker were drawn from pulsed-wire measurements of the three

~~2turbulence components, of which, as noted from Figure.(4.70), v fromthe crossed-wire is lower than from the pulsed-wire around the centre ofthe shear layer. In the work of Durst and Rastogi (1977), the kinetic

~2energy profiles have been obtained by assuming it to be equal to 1.5u .2Their data seems to be high; for example (k/U ) near reattachment isr max

greater than 0.3 compared with the value of 0.07 in the present case if kis estimated by their method. (If normalised by velocity at block height,

2the present value of (k/U, ) is 0.143). Despite the use of laser tech-h maxnique in their measurements, the high value of kinetic energy profiles is probably due to experimental conditions, for example the large blockage ratio of 50%.

Page 124: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The wake generated by a two-dimensional block is characterised by mean velocity defect and increased turbulence level and these features are demonstrated in Figure (4.78a and b) respectively, which shows the dis­tributions with, for comparison, the distributions which would be found in the absence of the block.

Finally, attention may perhaps be called briefly to the use of the strain gauge and thermocouple technique to determine the approximate re­attachment length (Figure 4,79), the first of its kind to be tested in a flow such as the present with rough wall condition. While the result seems encouraging, the accuracy of the reattachment length would probably depend on the distance between the strain gauge and thermocouple. Further work would be required to ascertain the dependence on this distance, which if too wide apart might cause the heated air to be missed by the thermo­couple ,

5,3.4 Summary of Experimental Investigation on Two-Dimensional Blocks

From the study of thick turbulent boundary layers over a number of two-dimensional blocks, there emerge a number of significant features which may help in promoting better understanding of the near wake region associated with such flows. These are summarised as follows:

(a) For a given ratio of boundary layer thickness to block height, the effect of increasing L/h is to cause the separated shear layer to reattach on the top if block length is sufficient, e.g. in the present study with6 /h = 5 and local turbulence intensity at block height of 14.3%, then,

for L/h = 2, reattachment occurs on the top at distance of 1 ,45h from the leading edge. (For the case with L/h = 1, the shear layer did not reattach, in terms of mean value, on the top face of the block, but appears to have an intermittent tendency to do so).

(b) The pressure recovery is more rapid on the top face where reattachment does occur as when L/h = 2, while the pressure in the recirculating region is more highly negative. (There was also some sign of pressure recovery for the case L/h = 1 where the shear layer presumably impinges intermittently on the top rear edge of block). In the absence of top re­attachment as for L/h = 0.5 in the present cases, the pressure plot on the top face is virtually constant for a range of values of 6 /h and nearly equal to the base pressure.

Page 125: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(c) For constant boundary layer thickness, the shear layer thickness is thicker for the cases with higher L/h ratio and vice versa, the thicker layer being associated with more entrainment of fluid from the recirculation region. The growth rate of the shear layer appears to be more rapid near the block where reattachment did occur on top face of block as for L/h = 2 in the present case; less rapid for the case where the shear layer com­pletely clears the block as in L/h =0.5.

(d) For a fixed ratio of L/h but varying ratio of boundary layer thickness to block height, it appears that the typical upstream turbulence level of the boundary layer, say at block height, is the most significant parameter for the position of the shear layer and hence for the position of re­attachment of the shear layer either on the top of the block or behind it. The velocity distribution, as described by momentum thickness to block height ratio, appears to be a much less significant parameter. This was demonstrated by the fact that in case (1) where the momentum thickness / block height ratio was the same as case (4), the reattachment varied, whereas in case (5) where 6 / h was nearly half the ratio of case (4), the

a

•distance to reattachment differed only by about lh,

(e) For a fixed ratio of L/h, with no top reattachment, the position of the shear layer appears not to very greatly with local turbulence intensity at block height for values up to, say 7%. With higher local turbulence, however, say 14% as in the 'rough* boundary layer studied, the positionof the shear layer is markedly lower and the layer itself is thicker. Thepeak longitudinal stress of the shear layer also is markedly higher, asshown for the case with higher local intensity at the block (14%) if

~~2 2plotted in the form (u /U, ) vs x/h. No significant difference ofh maxthe peak longitudinal stress in the shear layer is apparent if local in­tensity at block is not large, say 7%.

(f) Not surprisingly, there is still a certain fraction of flow reversal just downstream of the mean reattachment position which is attributed to the to and fro movements of the eddies near the reattachment zone. The point of zero mean longitudinal velocity is found to coincide with the point where local flow is 50% reversals.

(gf) The modified plot of (y-yn «)/A y vs U/U which appears to giveDow msatisfactory agreement of data collapsing for the backward facing step,

Page 126: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

is not quite so effective in the two-dimensional block case. The degree of data collapsing of this latter case apparently depends on the ratio

a /h o

(h) The applicability of the pulsed-wire anemometer in the measurement of turbulent shear stress in the near wake region has been demonstrated, but final confirmation must await comparative measurements from other measuring techniques c

Page 127: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CHAPTER 6: CONCLUSIONS

This thesis has fpcussed mainly on the experimental investigation of the near wake regions of turbulent flow associated with simple squared-edged bodies, namely the backward facing step and two-dimensional blocks, par­ticularly upon the mixing layers between the recirculating region and the outer flow and the effect of upstream condit-ions upon those layers. It is hoped that the work reported here will provide a better understanding of the flow associated with buildings and structures subjected to natural winds, and of the conditions for the testing of models of such buildings in a wind tunnel.

From the instrumental point of view, it has served to demonstrate how the slanted pulsed-wire technique may help to provide an alternative means of measuring the turbulent shear stress in highly turbulent and re­versed flow regions, regions not suitable for hot-wire techniques. In general, the instrumentation used in the work has produced results that are consistent within themselves. They should serve as a basis for a genuine comparison between the different initial conditions in each par­ticular case and may resolve some of the inconsistencies present in earlier work.

The work having been discussed in detail in the preceding chapter, it is proposed that this chapter shall be brief and concise. The following sections include a brief summary of the experimental work and recommendations for future work; the reader may refer to the appropriate sections for further details.

6.1 Experimental Work

The study of the backward facing step demonstrates that the nature of the boundary layer at the step edge has an effect upon the separated shear layer through to the point of reattachment. Within the range of the experiment, i.e.6/h less than one, a thicker boundary layer results in a shear layer that is thicker both initially and throughout. The effect is not a simple shift of origin; the stress distribution is changed. The thinner boundary layer with its higher value of velocity gradient, b U/ dy, is associated with higher peak stresses in the thinner shear layer (Section 5.1.3).

Outer stream turbulence, which may be of less intensity than that in

Page 128: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

the boundary layer, seem to have less effect. (In this, as in many studies, only certain cases have been investigated; clearly, further attention could be given to the whole question of the interaction of free stream turbulence with a naturally grown boundary layer and, indirectly, with a separated shear layer originating in that flow).

Reattachment length, suitably defined,'is one aspect of the complex flow pattern. The variation throughout the study was not large, no more than 10%, which is of the same order as the scatter of other experimental findings. The reasons for the variation, no doubt the result of conflicting influences, are not easy to trace in detail (Section 5.1.3).

Whereas, with the backward facing step, no matter how thick the up­stream boundary layer may be, the flow is not deflected sharply at the edge, the situation is substantially different for a two-dimensional rectangular block set in a thick boundary layer. In that case, the flow is sharply deflected by the upstream face and separates at its upstream edge; it will reattach on the top face if the block is sufficiently long, otherwise it will reattach downstream without top reattachment.

The present study relates to a two-dimensional block immersed in a boundary layer of thickness several times the block height. It emerges that for a boundary layer on a rough surface, where the turbulence relative to free stream velocity may be as high as 14%. the separated shear layer is appreciably lower than for cases when the turbulence intensity at block height is less. These latter cases, with which the present case of the thick ’rough’ boundary layer is compared, may include a thick ’smooth’ boundary layer with maximum turbulence intensity of 7%, or a thin boundary layer either with a smooth outer stream or with grid turbulence as high as 7%. It seems clear then that it is the turbulence intensity at block height which is the crucial factor. The effect of velocity profile, as character­ized, say, by the ratio momentum thickness: block height, appears to be secondary. The lower height of the mixing layer will in turn have an effect on the shape of the recirculating region and upon the distance to reattach­ment; with a sufficiently long block, top reattachment will occur at an earlier position than would be the case with lower turbulence upstream at block height (Section 5.3.2).

For the case of the block in the thick ’rough* boundary layer, the

Page 129: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

turbulence intensity in the shear layer, measured with reference to up­stream velocity at block height, is higher at 32% than in the other cases but falls away to a similar value of 28% downstream; the latter is pre­sumably due to the slow return of the flow to normal boundary conditions far downstream.

The pressure distribution is correspondingly modified with top re­attachment. There is a greater negative pressure in the recirculating region which develops from the upstream edge which is smaller than in the other cases; this is followed by a rapid recovery at reattachment so that the base pressure and hence the drag are reduced. The flow will tend towards that of the backward facing step if the block length is long enough.

The extensive comparison made with data of the shear layer of the axisymmetric jet and the shear layer associated with bluff shapes of the present study, i.e., the backward facing step and the block, shows a measure of qualitative comparison. As the curved shear layers of the step or the block are different in certain aspects from that of the jet, the step being more nearly similar, close agreement between the two is unlikely, but the approximate comparison is of some value, taking into account the effective velocity difference across the curved shear layer.

The reliability and potential of the pulsed-wire anemometer have been extensively tested in the research work. Of more particular interest in the present study is the development of the technique to permit the measurement of the turbulent shear stress and transverse stress. While the comparison made with the crossed-wire data of the shear layer of the jet seems to give a better agreement as local intensity becomes higher, the extent of the agreement with the true data behind the block is not exactly known despite the fact that crossed-wire results are much lower as local turbulent intensity increases. To ascertain the quality of such pulsed-wire data in the high turbulence region, one must await comparative measurements taken with different instrumental techniques with a high degree of accuracy such as perhaps, the laser anemometer. As shown earlier, the accuracy of pulsed-wire measurements in the medium intensity range (10% - 50%) could possibly be improved by extending the yaw response to a larger angle, and this is a worthwhile area to include in any future investigation (Sections 5.2.2 and 5.3.3).

Page 130: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

6.2 Recommendations for Future Work

The work described in the thesis suggests areas where further under­standing is needed. With proper and suitable instrumentation, the sugges­tions for such work are listed below.

(1) The flow phenomenon at reattachment zone is recognised as a most complicated process. To gain better understanding of the eddy structure in that zone, better flow visualisation techniques may be essential to form overall ideas, supplemented by detailed instrumentation to obtain a better knowledge of the flow structure.

(2) Since the mean reattachment position of the shear layer is a sensitive matter for which the accuracy depends upon the measuring technique under­taken, it is essential for future workers to define the method of measure­ment associated with their work; various criteria have been used relating to pressure distribution, dividing streamline, flow reversal and skin friction.

(3) While mean velocities measurements of the near wake zone of a block with no reattachment on top surface have been taken in the present study, more work is also required for cases where such reattachment, occurs par­ticularly perhaps in those intermediate cases where reattachment is inter­mittent. The extent to which the flow structure near reattachment zone behind the block is affected by previous reattachment on the top surface is yet to be investigated.

(4) Although many previous workers investigated the mean surface static pressure distribution downstream of the step, there is in fact a lack of measurement in the area upstream. It is possible too that the manner in which the mean static pressure starts to decrease to some base pressure value is sensitive to the boundary layer thickness at separation - more data are needed to confirm this.

(5) The extent of the effect of blockage upon the base pressure associated with the step is very uncertain. Work is needed to give further insight into this effect. This may involve the use of the same step model mounted at different positions in the working section while keeping the boundary layer condition at the step edge nearly the same. It is also essential to include measurements of overall pressure distribution and reattachment.

Page 131: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(6) The potential of the pulsed-wire anemometer in turbulent shear stress and transverse stress measurements in highly turbulence area must await comparative measurements from other accurate techniques. At present, laser anemometer measurement in such areas would be useful for comparison.

Page 132: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

REFERENCES

Abbott, D.E. & Kline, S.J. (1962) "Experimental investigation of subsonic turbulent flow over single and double backward facing steps." Trans ASME paper, 84, 317-325.

Arie, M . , Kiya, M., Tamura, H &, Kanayama, Y. (1975a) "Flow over rectangular cylinders immersed in a turbulent boundary layer (Pt.l. Correlation between pressure drag and boundary layer characteristics." Bulletin JSME, 18, No.125, 1260-1268.

Arie, M., Kiya, M., Tamura, H., Kosugi, M. & Takaoka, K. (1975b) "Flow over rectangular cylinders immersed in a turbulent boundary layer (Pt.2 Flow patterns and pressure distributions)." Bulletin JSME, 18 , No.125, 1269-1276.

Baines, W.D. & Peterson, E.G. (1951) "An Investigation of flow through screens." Trans. ASME, 73_, 467-480.

Baker, S. (1977) "Regions of recirculating flow associated with two- dimensional steps." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Surrey.

Bearman, P.W. (1965) "Investigation of the flow behind a two-dimensional model with a blunt trailing edge and fitted with splitter plates."J. Fluid Mech„, 21, 241-255.

Bearman, P.W. &, Trueman, D.M. (1972) "An investigation of the flow around rectangular cylinders." Aero. Quart., 23 , 229-237.

Bradbury, L.J.S. & Castro, I.P. (1971) "A pulsed-wire technique for velocity measurements in highly turbulent flows." J. Fluid Mech., 4 9 , 657-691.

Bradbury, L.J.S. (1976) "Measurements with a pulsed-wire and a hot-wire anemometer in the highly turbulent wake of a normal flat plate."J. Fluid Mech., 77, 473-497.

Bradbury, L.J.S. (1978) "Examples of the use of the pulsed-wire anemometer in highly turbulent flow." Proc. Dynamic Flow Conf., Marseilles.

Page 133: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Bradshaw, p. & Wong, F.Y.F. (1972) "The reattachment and relaxation of a turbulent shear layer." Jo Fluid Mecho, 52, 113-135,

Bradshaw, P c (1975) "An introduction to turbulence and its measurement."Pergamon Press, Oxford.*

Brederode, V. (1974) "Three-dimensional effects in nominally two-dimensional flows." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of London.

Brown, G. &, Roshko, A. (1974) "On density effects and large structure in a turbulent mixing layer." J. Fluid Mech., 64, 775-816.

Castro, I.P. (1973) "A highly distorted turbulent free shear layer."Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of London.

Castro, I.P. (1973a) "An experimental investigation of the flow around a surface mounted cube in a uniform free stream." R/M/N687, C.E.G.B.

Castro, I.P., Jackson, N .A. &, Robins, A.G. (1975) "The structure anddevelopment of a 2m deep simulated surburban boundary layer." R/M/N800,C oE 0G 0B o

Castro, I.P. Robins, A.G. (1975) "The effect of a thick incident boundary layer on the flow around a small surface mounted cube." R/M/N795, C.E.GoB.

Castro, I.P. (1977) "Numerical difficulties in the calculation of complex turbulent flows." Symp. Turb. Shear Flows Penn. State Univ., U.SoA.

Castro, I.P. (1978) "Two rough wall boundary layers in the 0.9m x 0.75m wind tunnel." R/M/N1006, C.E.G.B.

Castro, I.P. 86 Fackrell, J.E. (1978) "A note on two-dimensional fence flows, with emphasis on wall constraint." J. Ind. Aero., 3_, 1-20.

Castro, I.P. (1979) "Relaxing wakes behind surface-mounted obstacles in rough wall boundary layers." J. Fluid Mech., 93, 631-659.

Castro, I.P. (1979a) "Software manual for Pet hot-wire anemometry programs." Dept, of Mech. Eng., Univ. of Surrey.

Page 134: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Castro, I .P. (1980a) Private communication.

Castro, IoP. (1980b) "Separated shear layers - A Progress Report."Dept, of Mech. Eng., Univ. of Surrey.

Castro, I.P. &, Fernholz, H.H. (1980) "Measurements in shear layers separating from surface mounted bluff bodies." Dept, of Mech. Eng.,Univ. of Surrey.

Cenedese, A., Iannetta, S., Mele, p. & Pietrogiacomi, D. (1979) "Non stationary analysis of velocity field around a square section bluff body." 2nd. Symp. Turb. Shear Flows., July 2-4, Imp. Coll., London

Champagne, F.H., Pao, Y.H. & Wygnanski, I.J. (1976) "On the two-dimensional mixing region." J. Fluid Mech., 74, 209-250.

Chandrsuda, C. (1975) MA reattaching turbulent shear layer in incompressible flow." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of London.

Chang, P.K. (1970) "Separation of flow." Pergamon Press.

Charnay, G., Comte-Bellot, G., Mathieu, J. (1971) "Development of aturbulent boundary layer on a flat plate in an external turbulent flow." AGARD Conf. Proc. No. 93, 1971, 27.1 - 27.10.

Counihan, J. (1969) "An improved method of simulating an atmospheric boundary layer in a wind tunnel." Atmos. Environ., 3, 197-214.

Counihan, J. (1973) "Simulation of an adiabatic urban boundary layer in a wind tunnel." Atmos. Environ., l_j 673-689.

Counihan, J., Hunt, J.C.R. & Jackson, p.S. (1974) "Wakes behind two- dimensional surface obstacles in turbulent boundary layers." J. Fluid Mech., 64, 529-563.

Crabb, D., Durao, D.F.G. &, Whitelaw, J.H. (1977) "Velocity characteristics in the vicinity of a two-dimensional rib." Dept. Mech. Eng., Imp. Coll., London.

Page 135: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Davies, T.W. &, Snell, D.J. (1977) "Turbulent flow over a two-dimensional step and its dependence on upstream flow conditions." Symp. Shear Flows, Penn. State Univ., U.S.A.

Denham, M.K. (1974) "The development of a laser anemometer for recirculating fluid flow measurements." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Exeter.

Dianat, M. (1980) "Development and calibration of boundary layers in 1370mm and 1060mm wind tunnel." Int. Rep., Dept. Civil Eng., Univ. of Surrey.

Durst, F. & Rastogi, A.K. (1977) "Theoretical and experimental investi­gations of turbulent flows with separation." Symp. Turb. Shear Flows,Penn. State Univ., U .S .A „

Durst, F. & Rastogi, A.K. (1979) "Turbulent flow over two-dimensional fences." 2nd. Symp. Turb. Shear Flows, July 2-4, imp. Coll., London.

Eaton, J.K., Johnston, J.P. & Jeans, A.H. (1979) "Measurements in a reattaching turbulent shear layer." 2nd. Symp. Turb. Shear Flows,July 2-4, Imp. Coll., London.

Eaton, J.K. & Johnston, J.P. (1980a) "An evaluation of data for thebackward facing step flow." Report prepared for the 1980/81 Standford Conferences on Complex Turbulent Flows.

Eaton, J.K. &. Johnston, J.P. (1980b) "A review of research on subsonic turbulent flow reattachment." to be presented at AIAA 13th Fluid & plasma Dyn. Conf., Snowmass, Co.

Etheridge, D.W. &, Kemp, P.H. (1978) "Measurements of turbulent flow down­stream of a rearward-facing step." j. Fluid Mech., 86, 545-566.

Fujita, H. & Kovasznay, L.S.G. (1968) "Measurement of Reynolds stress by a single rotated hot-wire anemometer." Rev. Sci. Instrum., 39, 1351-1355.

Gesso, d i . (1975) "An experimental investigation of two-dimensional, separated, internal flows." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Exeter.

Page 136: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Good, M.C. & Joubert, P.N. (1968) "The form drag of two-dimensional bluff plates immersed in turbulent boundary layers." J. Fluid Mech., 31 ,547-582.

Hansen, A.C., Peterka, J.A. &, Cermak, J.E. (1975) "Wind tunnel measurements in the wake of a simple structure in a simulated atmospheric flow." Prepared by Colorado State Univ., Fort Collins, Colo., for George C. Marshall Flight Center, NASA Washington D.C., April 1975. NASA Contractor Rept. NASA CR-2540.

Hunt, J.C.R. & Fernholz, H.H. (1975) "Wind-tunnel simulation of theatmospheric boundary layer: A Report on Euromech 50." J. Fluid Mech.,7 0 , 543-559.

Hussain, A.K.M.F. & Zedan, M.F. (1978a) "Effects of the initial condition on the axisymmetric free shear layer; Effects of the initial momentum thickness." Phys. Fluids, 2_1, 1100-1112.

Hussain, A.K.M.F. & Zedan, M.F. (1978b) "Effects of the initial condition of the axisymmetric free shear layer; Effects of the initial fluctuation level." Phys. Fluids, 21 , 1475-1481.

Hsu, H.C. (1950) "Characteristics of mean flow and turbulence at an abrupt two-dimensional expansion." Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. Mech. and Hydraulics, State Univ. of Iowa.

Irminger, I. (1893) "Experiments on wind-pressure." proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, 118, 468-472.

Kim, J., Kline, S.J. &, Johnston, J.P. (1978) "Investigation of separation and reattachment of a turbulent shear layer; Flow over a backward facing step." Thermosciences Div., Dept, of Mech. Eng., Stanford Univ.,Stanford, California.

Klebanoff, P.S. (1955) "Characteristics of turbulence in a boundary layer with zero pressure gradient." NACA Report 1257.

Kuehn, D.M. (1980) "Some effects of adverse pressure gradient on theincompressible reattaching flow over a rearward facing step." AIAA J.,18, No. 3, 343-344.

Page 137: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Laneville, A., Gartshore, I.S. &, Parkinson, G.V. (1977) "An explanation of some effects of turbulence on bluff bodies." Proc. 4th Int. Conf.Wind Effects on Buildings and Structures, Heathrow, England. Cambridge Univ. Press.

Lee, B.E. (1975) "The effect of turbulence on the surface pressure field of a square prism." J. Fluid Mech., j59, 2'63-282.

Malvern Instruments Ltd. (1976) "Pulsed-wire anemometer instrument manual." Spring Lane, Malvern, Worcs. England.

Mandel, J. (1964) "The statistical analysis of experimental data." New York, Interscience.

Mueller, T.J., Korst, H.H. & Chow, W.L. (1964) "On the separation, re­attachment and redevelopment of incompressible turbulent shear flow." Trans. ASME, 86, 221-226.

Narayanan, M.A.B., Khadgi, Y.N. &Viswanath, P.R. (1974) "Similarities in pressure distribution in separated flow behind backward-facing steps." Aero. Quart., 25, 305-312.

Ota, T. & Itasaka, M. (1976) "A separated and reattached flow on a blunt flat plate." Trans. ASME, 98, 79-86.

Ota, T. &, Narita, M. (1978) "Turbulence measurements in a separated and reattached flow over a blunt flat plate." Trans. ASME, 100, 224-228.

Pui, N.K. &, Gartshore, I.S. (1979) "Measurements of the growth rate andstructure in plane turbulent mixing layers." J. Fluid Mech., j l, 111-130.

Pun, W.M. & Spalding, D.B. (1976) "A general computer program for two- dimensional elliptic flows." HTS/76/2, Dept. Mech. Eng., Imp. Coll., London.

Robertson, J .A., Lin, C.Y., Rutherford, G.S. & Stine, M.D. (1972)"Turbulence effects on drag of sharp edged bodies." j. Hyd. Div., proc. ASCE, 98, 1187-1203.

Page 138: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Robertson, J.M., Wedding, J.B., Peterka, J„A. & Cermak, J.E. (1978)"Wall pressures on separation - Reattachment flow on a square prism in uniform flowc" J. .Ind. Aero., 345-359.

Robins, A.G. (1979) "The development and structure of simulated neutrally stable atmospheric boundary layers." J. Ind. Aero., 4_, 71-100.

Roshko, A. & Lau, J.C. (1965) "Some observations on transition and re­attachment of a free shear layer in incompressible flowe" Proc. of 1965 Heat Transfer & Fluid Mech. Inst., Stanford Univ. Press, 157-167.

Sakamoto, H., Moriya, M. & Arie, M. (1975) "A study on the flow around bluff bodies immersed in turbulent boundary layers (pt. 1. On the form drag of a normal plate)." Bulletin JSME, 1_8, No. 124, 1126-1133.

Smyth, R. (1979) "Turbulent flow over a plane symmetric sudden expansion." Trans. ASME, 101, 348-353.

Tani, I., Iuchi, M. & Komoda, H. (1961) "Experimental investigation of flow separation associated with a .step or a groove." Aero. Res. Inst., Univ. of.Tokyo, Rep. No. 364, 119-136.

Tennekes, H. &, Lumley, J.L. (1977) "A first course in turbulence." MIT Press.

Tillman, W. (1945) "Investigations of some particularities or turbulentitboundary layers on plates." British Min. of Aircraft Prod., Volkenrode

translation, MAP-VG-34-45T.

Tutu, N.K. & Chevray, R. (1975) "Cross-wire anemometry in high intensity turbulence." J. Fluid Mech., 71, 785-800.

Vasilic-Melling, D. (1976) "Three-dimensional turbulent flow past rectangular bluff bodies." Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of London.

Wygnanski, I. &, Fiedler, H.E. (1970) "The two-dimensional mixing region."J. Fluid Mech., 41, 327-361.

Yule, A.J. (1978) "Large-scale structure in the mixing layer of a round jet." J. Fluid Mech., 89, 413-432.

Page 139: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Zogg, H. & Thomann, H. (1972) "Errors in static pressure measurements due to protruding pressure taps." J. Fluid Mech., 54, 489-494.

Page 140: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

APPENDIX I

INTERNAL REPORT

A GUIDE TO THE USE OF THE PULSED-WIRE ANEMOMETER IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HEWLETT-PACKARD 21MX MICRO-COMPUTER

Page 141: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The purpose

of this report is

to explain

the content

of each sub-prograr

of the overall

program

"WIRE" which

is written

for measurements using

( the pulsed wire anemometer.

Each of

these

sub-programs will be

describi

UNIVERSITY OF

SURREY

separately

in the following

pages.

CJ LU U_

UJ Z3 W UJw a: zz iu u j a: => xK Ct £ E Ko o S o oU. U. IL IL IL

uo

©£

•uAp

puc©

u>

u;PP

© c U faa o ©

aa o p o n uP P x; X © © (N 3 O

a.O to •o

“8o o cn L. *D

£P u © ©

©X3 © T"t

a «H CD u s § HQ. a w H

Cn

©r.

C c E > £ u Hp •H i—i © p u U a ©H la 3 o u o | © bOE £ P • E a © UU H- 1 s: c n E *H i

•H CD cr u « u O 3© * •H o o > © o JC

©

E c©

CL p o CL3

•Hc «H x: © tL x: ©

CDP

© O o a 2 © X CL Up cn < * g © h- o a© Mc ©c H

•H K©(4

3P

© TD©

©W

•H3

o«H 3 O

U.bOO

T3©

C© u

oP

HH

01•H

ai

©©

u3

Xu

O

•aCD

• O e©

H

©<oX

A3©

Ua a©

o3

•H©

u■H

©£

X) >O

Pa bo ©A

JTP

u© C©cr H © a •H P C p -Qu £ 3 © © o 3 c bOm U p E H £ © © •H

C P p U © P n ©(D ■H •H £ o © ** c. c A

3 (D a a P CC 3p ©

CD a) H p n (4 1™ £ «rt ©h- o P 2 © cr 3 3 ©

Page 142: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

cn cn cd o

CM tn 0 0

t j p c l p

2 O H CD u OUJ

0 £P

OP 0

a>%

3cn

cnUJ

HP PH O £ p CO >- OCD O p 0 P

cnp

XDcn

toc E g 0) 8H c H •h ■H C u. P< CO H CD (0 TDP •H 0) JO O H cn C

cn 3 «H p (0cn c XZ • u Ap 0. cn P H CD >- P >c 0 *H C cn P pa a bO 3 H pP 0 P C O C CJ0 cn *H CD a P 0C 3 3 ft x: po O O p s *n a)o OP

CO

HH Z CDQ. >c •H O 8 >» p > co 0) P u. p z P (0CD Q3 LL p M CDP x: 0 O cn E<0 cn XD 13 0 CL pu «rt «H 0 H CDn 3 H r- CD UJ 0 x:*rt (0 cn > U p pH Li 0 cn UJ Z 0<0 CD u > P UJo cn 0 UJ C cr p «

3 £ cn cr P UJ p 0p p 0 O u.o CDa c z u. CD3 a UJcr T3

C z 1P p •H z H H 0 0 03 cn3 M CO 0 to RCL CD TJ > c _iC cn CD cn r-* CD • U UJ > cr•H CO C 0 (0 U E 0 > p <0 «H z _J CD to CD CD CQ03 CO w £ > P u CL p > cn£ c P 0 p > (D bO a a PP •H XD < p p U O <0 P

O LU P 0 M U U- a u.cn > cr Z CD U CD a 0 UJ CD UJ0 Lt cn M a O x: p cr a crto p z CD cn -J p A 0)cn c UJ 0. UJ 3 p cr 03 0) <0 UJ 0 > bO 0) 0) 0* Lcr 0 p ? UJ p c Li LLcn (D 0 cn CJ P p cn P Pp U CD c UJ z cn Z >% p P tn 3 1z c 0 03 UJ a) M p IZ UJ O 1< £ 0 cr JCZ O p p 0) -j 1p CD cn UJ UJ cn CL 0 xz fc *o ttn L. •H rH z CL­ p CD bO p 0 1z bO CO M UJ 3 UJ a C < Po£

0) c P cr u cn P cn in C flu «r! iH Li z cn p PCL £ P X 0 a) UJ p 3 U- u -JP 1 P O UJ cn cr 0 0 0 c l Ulr) n CD cr M 3 UJ >» 0 >OU 3 XZ D_ U. u. *o H z 0z 0) CM P CL M CD UJ CO P 0 X3 pw 03 < U a cr CD O cr z CL

cr 0) c s UJ p P CD 0 0 P«rl CO CL cr cn (h U- P li.o £ CM JC >1 cn p 0 c P >1 P UJLi_ P < p .0 t p u. M TJ Sl XD 3 cr

£ 03

DO (0 Q

r-» cr co <U 03

> 0 T) CL P0)3£ 03cr P0 H0> 0 P p3 0 > 00 p0 PP 03 0N TJ L.O 0L. Lia 0p PP >» P0 PCL •HP 0p Li0 0a UJ-J P0JZ

P P PJZ P p 0 O P P 0 3 CL O 0 p 0 3 3 U 0 p 0 0 XDO rio0 P O P p U > 0 p O 3 0 P 0 w CL0 O 0 0 u O £O c <cn rHXZ5 p4J CL 0 CL 0 Q. i O O 0 0 Q. *• O # 10 p •- Li C) TJ 3 TJ 0 O0 0P 0 C0 C 0 0 p 0 0 Jz xz P > 0 0 **" 1P c- Li P u 0 P 0 P £ p 0

PL« P0 P0 u Pjj 0 x:43 Lt t 8 C 3 0 > 0 1cr *n 0 TJ 03 P ZD P •H a rH £ O3 P C 0 0 a P A CL I z 3 P 0 0 P 1 Li a CLa 0 0 0 0 a Li 3 z OTJ0 . 0bo Li JO 0 O 0 PI TJ O p 0 0 O P 0 0 p 0 ZD t. A ft 3 H *0 □ CM z 0cn 0L, 0 > p0 tQ TJ * •8 P Li 0 0 U’ a 1—\ 0 cr 1 I

C0 PUJ 0 P 0-5

It 0 P3CL P3 TJ0 O z • 0 U 0 0 a "c A a CL C w 0 p UJj— 0 1 O >~ > O “D cn P O0 cr0 P0 ©> 0JZ cr0 0- PC in ©0 PO c0 E0 P0 0p CO 0Li * 1 Z< 3 TC0

«c3 P0 a Pccnpz O O

AP3 o'0 zp 00 >1IZ

PLi0

LiAp

0 pp

ILT3

UJcrM0Pa

zz

pppx:3 XT

Pp0p

Cw TJ0PP0 Li0

111UJzt

0AP

TJ0u.0 >

P p

0p0<cpin

L.P0

P0Ea£O

0p

0a. HC0

PO

x:p

H0(J0Oe

3O

AO pp PI pE 0A

E0 0 T3 X0 i 0CL 1 p

0A

zz 0 z c0 z0

CL 0 a 0a z0 03 Pcc p0 p >1 UJ cr 3 S

pbO c 0 x: 0 0 bO 0 O z Li

P«c 0 0

X P XD TJ p 0 >p 4J P 3r> Lt ZD 0 PI O u p M ° bO O

LM p CL E M 0a zt c0 CDZ C bO H «H cr 0 Li"to C 03 Li a O >- p < P P 0

0c P P

V“ H" 0 c z 0 p 0 ■H *H O HH P aA § 03 P 04J OQ 3 cr 03 A jC 1 E ai 3

0 cncn O 0 *0 0 p Li O P 33 < ZD P

P L»3 0 3Q 0 z C 0 c P P u 0 3 0 <UJ 0 u P 0 Li TJ O HO m

10P H *o0 r- UJ

-JXD

%03 XD

O 0p3

bOc p C3 3 UJ

EPP

PP

pcrcr 0

p

UJcn\ 0O

CO P 00 PO

A O 03

Li00A4_)

0E PPI JZpp

0Li □UJ

CLZ PP m

P0 LiCL

XDO £ pp

p0

OU 0P 0

Li0

«f-O

UJp cp

z0

Li<Q

OE 00

C3

HH

crUJ rH0

03

bO 3 0 PI —\ tn 3 0 0 CL E bO 0 C t PCL 0 UJz a zM P a. 0 0 P 3 z 0

0 P✓ TJ E O ’ > 0 X3 P 0 0 0 0 O P11 <+- 0

p0z Li «*- *o 0 3 O 0 2 O P

P 0 C 0 0 cr 1 P Mp O P A 0 0 C ■ Q0

0> g 0P

11

O 0 P 2 Li A 0 OO

00(j P cl

03 z

•> 0X

OP P □ 3 tn 3 P 0 cr c

p11 8 p 0 0

0 iHz0

0 Li c0

p 0 p i s 0 cr 0 P3*

- c 0 P -j 0 P pUJp a 1 H 0 ■° 0 < CL 0

p P0

a 0(4 E P

0< F ta CL

PP P Q Li p 3 &

> OCL L

zUl 0 P > P 0 H O C

<fy O A 3 P cP

CD >» cn s 0 0 A P 0 P 0 <cn 0 C P pPP 0 c 3 c • w P E

CD P TDO p<+- 0 EbO

' _l * P P u E 0 c* H- <+- E OP E c0 p

CJ0 XD TJ 0 0p 0 0 O 0 U

-J 0 PO C 0 c U *8 © P 0 C p C Li p 0 ° 0 0 C 3 A 0 3 c cr 3 0 0 0a

03

P 0 bO 1 c 0 0 T3 P 0 P a. £ 0 u3 Li XD i 0 ** OP 0 a c 0 i-l 0 0

crQ

P C C- XJ p 0 0 p L. a. 3 O 0 E 0 0 E0 | § > P 0 3L < CL 5 O 0 0 0 0

U. P O O p 3 < 3 p CL p P 0 0 0 p UJ C zR P O p > x: ft Z P CL p p O O P

Page 143: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

e s: o to

11- © ~

13c 03 bO rHarH CO

© C P 1 CD >-P -P <0 U cr

□ s O o PU 3 MP UL

o o O o O tn S rH rH

o o o o CD> ©TD UCD Ptn uo -

B 1!k

nXZtoa)

•HtncUCD S

4"

CD1

>

ZDE s P M ©

UJ o ©U - 03 © <

to < cn toP ■H

3.© Q_

< A z mrsiCD O P P *0 UJcnZD H O CD o UJ

3 E TJ © 03 UJC© cn P P CLZZD L.o

u.OOrH

mCO3

uP4-

Ouz

tn4 -

U-

SuCD

0)to P

JZbO

rHCN

cto

p

30© ° * C 6PE p CD 3

"wrH UJ L. 01 CD a to H

c> -

a CD bO H CD oc

too X P to " >

JZ CDrH > CD L# C 3

n pp

CD n rH m d5 rH

3P

bOQ) I PP

rHP

ap 3 o oECD

3 P3

CDC

> - 0)3 p

uao O

oa

U10 0l 0)

P | X O CL a OL 3 JC

bQ P 03 COo

° *P > CL u X

3

s atH P UJ a “ I C Z aE 03 UJ a ° to ° UJ

>to

< aP03

a UJ CD o 01 Z to

TJ X Q. bs CL 3 3 a 2 p 5 )

> a O to P>

Q- M • 8 03 u

c 3 3 V z V / CD o pffl 1o C > X S O

z01 01 X P E CD 03L. c 5 <0

Ea o a *° 3 P

P E P 03 O a o o o to >P Li 3 to

cn2

O01 CD

£-P 0) CD <H

03 a o M • <a* ° n ° o P

Ep

£p P to

03 m P n n II E a >

3 P CDu 1 01 03

CD p a M § uj 3 a to to P

P S 0) aQ

U_ to | • s CD 01 a4 j P JZ CD CD < A

oz cn Ea> CL

c r K p 01©

p CD

£ Li t 03 CD M * 5> J= * to O P L i ©

3 P CD a a P <2 p | oX 2 P to cn CL 3 2 c 03

3 >>»PP ©p

L.©P CD> ©p 3 s p ©3 will ©P©

©p©ppp3 c© ©£o UJ "O o © 3 P c XZ t p p P 4- c © © pp c Li o c O © P p p © p p © o bQ © Li © £o CO © © p bO ©©3©

P P © © u 3 P © p X © © cTzcro

CDJZp

CDcrCL CDEC©JZ

E ■3E©CLa©

©>©

P©3

PL©XL.©P©

bO©c >1LiP4-

Xu©

zO".cn

HW ©3o© «X3OP

p3a©©EP

©poc©3©

p >©u©LiP©

PP<Li©4-

00Ulu. Z o p p 0 X © O 4- p 2 p UJ cn c P P P 3 z O 4»IS o 03 © c 1 p P © Li O © © XZ 3 to © cn © 3 o X © o rH © O

03 p 1 C X © p > p Q- z p CD 4- © p © P p © 3r— p E t o © a P P © . © Lt Z w c cn p o o c 4- E © © ©T H P ©Xp0 p 3 p © C Li Li 4- X < a © CD X XZ © © u P Li p rH M

UJ> a<0cnoCL 3cn

pp 3Ul> ©pc3 X3 ©X

©EP©P©

©X©O© ©X

cnu.

<UJcrp©XZ C©

opXpLiX

P< 33 .©>

LiX 4-O OC ©PX >»XE©

P©croLL

ac L.to c

TJ©©bOCp

Xg

pEpp>iC©

P©CbooLiX

Li©XXE©Li©

©3©

PbOc©pc

oO

zUJUJp>c

XpLi

2PX

3XZ© ©©>»X©

c© 3XZ©©bO©P

3C©EOO

pp00X©©

©rHX£rH CDCD3

CDaap3

PP©>14-P r p©

P©Xp© ©Xp

©©

XO

LiOP oLip3

z 2UJ© ©P©

bOpp 3©LiP3

Xou>»rH

>p©C©o

>Ppmp p©>

Xp ©©to © E O i © p © ©p©

X P © © © > CD ti> © 4- 3 X © P u o © c ©UJtr

3to HHCL>>P

LOC©a.©

iiu op o©oXZ©

p© 3© ©Li

NP

>«© X3 UJz

cppLtbO 4-O

3© LiO© ©XZop

©Li©©X op©

NP©pcp

pz

4-O33 LirH 3 ©3 © >X

3g >1Li c

p3X mnLi boc

XZbOP©>

©© XZ©

©3OwP XE©

Uo ©©©X c©©

3.o

pp3X©©

©Xp> ' XZ

©rH0X © ©rHUJ to bO © o Li 3 © © © P P Q P X © © £ P o 3 © Q. © 4. Xcr 03to

c O 3 Z © p 3 © © © © Li X P o 3L P © cn < xx p © §©0 0 E

u. p3 P § ©2 wX ©© pp P PO

3 Xo © >P ©P © o4* crCL ©p 03 P Pz

>p V/ 3 3o z XZ© © ©M JZ O © O t 'O © 3 © © p © P © © CL © 03 © p ti_ 3 Li rH ©

CDno

H > >- P © o © •o X X U a X © < 3 03 3 © © H- 3 © 3 © bbh*ZUJrHO4-

toX P©Po4-

c©Xc©

XbO

LiP3©Li P

c2p

©X

©X©Li©P ou

XP

z 4-OO) O©c

©PPbO©c

ZV/

©Pc 3LiOz

2orH©P4*

4-©LiXZ© ©Xpsz Li © •J X © 3 p c cr © UJ © o © XZ © P 3 c © P © P © 4. P 0UJ a. cn P p © X 3 p u © N P © © © p o 3 Li o O © u Licr CD JZ

T3P >i p Li Li CD p X E 2 p « X c o c X © p © © JZ © O3 P u © P M 3 © P Z © 3 3 p 4- 4- © p © p © o Li 3 d p N 4-cn JZ c © © © P < . p © Li O © P O p © o © © Li p ©«c p to T3 P > © X P Li Z > © p a O © © > © cni X © >1 pUl T3 P L X P © P 3 P © M X © X © U © c > of © c © 3 © ©z 01 >- O P P X) E © < P 4- X 3 H X X © M 3 P o > 3 p x XC a © © X © O © P © © p c © p p 3 pto L 4- c © P p P UJ © © P p H p p © c © © rHJZ CD o p a. c X p p CD p © © > © X © 4- © X Q © X 0 © © ©c P 03 Li © p p 2 3 o P P X rH p p p © P o P bO p p 0 p P0) C X © © Li © cr bO p © a O x p rH © p c c z3 03 P © p P X p 3 0 CL © 3 XZ X 1 © bO X U © 5 P c © p 0 ©

03 o 3 bo C © © © © L P M © > P N XZ o © X £ p rH © © pJZ 4- H c P P©

H © z P p p N © p z Li 3 0 p F X 3P o O © © Li © X 3 © UJ P 4- o © Li p © Li X o o © Q. 3 O OLi 03 > p Q. p o p X cn M O L. © 3 5 © © x rH p c O XZ ©to c©

p p p © P t © P © a © X © □ © © u © 3P P o o p 4- Li © N > 4- ts P u_ p L 4- X > © 3 a £ ©03 p • p X a p © Li o p © p © X p 3 o p o © Li p* p S p P o 2 O p X 3 3 3 p ■ E z © 4- 4- X p p 3 © © cE p fH © p © X U E © rH C o > © Li Li o a 3 p O u 3 P<D 03 p >> © P C >> o >i © © p © © © > p © © © p 0 © O LiL bO O 3 Li X > © 3 a L. > p © M © p 3 © P X P o p P z © Li O.bO CL cn © 3 3 4- © X 4- 0 X P © X X P bfl © z a X L. p Xo c CD P § P O >i Li O © > E © X X bO © c P © © © © p ©L p X a © © © P 3 Q © P P P S P © p C © © p *r-> Li © Q. _□ P © pCL E JZ h“ © P £ > P a X © 3 P © 3 p o Li Li ,x © © o p X rHCD 3 p cn Li C P © bo © o P © P © 1 a rH 4- o © bO Li X X © c c p 303 z © P X c 3 to bO O © Li a P © X P p u © © ©JZ 01 p UJ X Li © X © © c P c © o O 3 c P 4- © X © rH © p 3 P £ 3 © ©1— < to 3 o a E p Li 3 p < © X X u. M M o 3 O X P © 4- X © X © p cr < Li

"COMPLETE

EXPT AT

Y * 1 FOR YES. 0 FOR NO".

Assuming that

"1" is

typed

and

the probe

is'rotated

to -45°,

with the same steps

of operation.

ThJ

time

IL •

1, IK

= 1.

IM »

1. Assuming

some mean values at

-45°

angle

ol

Page 144: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

rH ©rH

rH P©

u© Pc fc© 3 P‘ © a

u.z *n

EPa

LJcr

P nu ©3

pp z

•H © a aQ

P O c ca to 3 CL © P 3 a oa: p O rH P 3 © © » bO P C p

O 2 ZD a 3 3 P © 2 f3 Z E p * P P © >3 N UJ ° © © >- to | © © a * cn E "

P *p

P 3 P o p g V X tp 3 P cn iP M L. u c © u. ! E p o H- © cn c Da rH P 5 © 3 P © H © h* a (* © p £ P© O § g O 3 ZJ © o * i P © c p 3

3CO

> u UJ * rH§ © O t >» © © a 3 © cr

rH TJ ZD > © © p o P o p © 3 © c © E 'pCO

c TJ g i P © o 0 p3

© a © c p 3 E o3 L. F ■ c © 3 P U_ 3 © © 3 3 3 3 P X u.P m

3 rH >»©

>- © © P 3 3©E

o •bOc to£ ‘ TJ n P © P © M o

p H P P p © COp Po P ©Q > © © P © Z a jg > 3 © > c 3*P zUJ C©c P P © a o 3 3 Q c UJ © t © P p © zo EO© a a © o io © © rH >- 3 © P U © O © 3

Pz E

§ rH© . c ZJ > p P U M ZJ M P CO © o P > 33© > © © Z l. • o O c M P © t P z P > p O

3 OP

© ©/7 m P M © c ©3

© l * p © z K © 3 bO 3© Lt©

rH3 P > CJ © © bQ a © 3 © E E3 P 3O

>G 3 3 U 3 p p in i—t S P CL a N n © c © C P

pp a

©o rHj ©> © TJ u > © 3 rH © 3 * M oP ©

© op ©

© c o©

U P rH © bo 3 P p © © > * o P O > © ©3JZ4J o © © to © P o P P P 3 a X Z 3 p O P

p P©to Pt, ©f rH © S 3 c p O O © P © z CO M ©p © P

GO

©p >•H ©n P 3 Cf_ 3 1 o rH 3 © P rH o < 3 c ©c © 3P ©

3<£ Eo rH tO •H 1— 3 ■H V ZJ P © © to cr o p bOp > P

u3 u © z 5 3 E © O © "© ©E

© p 3 >- z 33 © ©3 > C©

P l.o ©u

cro o§

(4bO ©c c p P p ©P P©

©© <z UJ ©

E©p3©P

O©c ©>

3P

©JZP

P ca u. p© | OU TJ © • toc op bOo bO

C p PP 3 H-UJ ©

3 bOo

©p PP 3

C

©3C+- £4_j CL 3 P UJ § p a E p O X

toP 3

Ua

G© ©

Po ©© 3© toUJ c cr -H 4-> © ►H © P © © 3 H UJz C © © p© 3© kUJz 3 > >- P u. P 3 3 t © a p < © > 3 t- o

G3P o

cp ©Li 5

U) rH ©

>i P © ©3 3 P >»2 © JC

© P 3

rH © ©

© to © ©

I I I I I I K I I I ea

Page 145: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

u 2 P P © > ©o o o © >u © c r a © © o rH X T3

> o © 2 p ao x cn © UJ X © TJ ©X P UJ UJ o © •H C •HP © _ j 3 © ■o ©

bO X © H Lt P© a 2 - X UJ © o 0 c ' © TJu c cn < CD rH © E © X ©3 UJ cn P 3 *n © 3 P05 u > - © UJ O P Cl CC o . > - 3 2 ■H © a X ■H© s 2 E M P X © © P U

a o < K- Ci c X ■rH Xo > x 2 © © o P © 3P •H N X X a X ©P rH 3 iH o © x p © Xtn •H O © cr © © o ©© 0) X CL •H o c U rH

O f * ft. © CL X Cl © o bOO a rH < P a © © •H03 a >1 a ft «H 3 p 3c, u X E c. E rH 3 P£ a cr to o © o O kto X M T3 © • UL O > c au p X © © O p XbO ■H O 3 © u in u c © xo © UJ O X «H © <c. cr rH p Ci > Lt Lt o rH 2CL rH © © © a TJ © M

C - j O p © © n £ ■H 2rH bfl < X a > a 3 © *o P cr•H 2 X © a C X © C X© Pi CD c p X © © p p © xU W © E © c ©© bO cn X © o c ■H X X ■H © 2•> c p c. p © P p p Cl © <o «H CD © X •H X c r

> 2 © X >» p Cl T3 3 © CD© C (H u © © p O

X to Cl *o © rH bO © p X c rP x © U © © © i-H Ci Ci •H bO XE p UJ •H p © *rl © •H U s

c o 3 X X © © 3 H o © rH ©•H u a . u P p o p Ci X X «u E s © © s © © o c

*D to O c c o a X •H© u X ' n A © £ O cTD © p «H p 1-* > iH O 0 *o3 p © •H TJ o M © P u © X ©x 3 © P c X E p >>

_1 a p > W P *o •H ©< c *o © © © cn o C c P r2 c o P •H u p © © Cl <CD © p L- UJ •H © © cr ©M © c © © p cn © a X p CD •Hin *H P •H P •H o rH tH Cl P © O

X tt CM 2 X X a E cr tnCD C bo TJ c © © X p X X2 o •H © E rH V a 2 © 3 © M CiM •H X © ft c M •H © E © X ©P X U •H > c o x(J O > bO bO m cn Ci © £UJ © X rH o c UJ CD © © © Ci a 3X 0) o P u •H cr > 2 © c 0 © 2 ' C(_) o a M p W © 3 © P X UJ" 03 © © ZD c o «r! C p ©cr E u © © o © < © © •H cr ao £ *H •H X © UJ 3 UJ P X X Ci c o cx h- P *o i- < cr P cr P p X o X a

Page 146: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

FLOW CHART

2 FOR INPUT CONSTANTS1 FOR CALIBRATION 3 FOR REFERENCE POINT VELOCITY

i4 FOR MEAN VALUES MEASUREMENT

TYPE IN CALIBRATION CONSTANTS:+ve WIRE- A ,Bt

REFERENCE POINT VELOCITY 1 FOR YES. 0 FOR

MEASUREMENT REQUIRED?FO

-ve WIRE- A 2 ,B2

TYPE IN NO. OF SAMPLES

SAMPLING

CALIBRATIONREQUIRED?1 FOR YES.

x0 FOR NC

YESTYPE IN SAMPLING TIME BETWEEN READINGS

1TYPE IN NUMBER OF SAMPLES

TYPE IN SAMPLING TIMEBETWEEN READINGS

’ SAMPLING

PRINT ON SCREEN: NO. OFSAMPLES EXCESS TIME& MEAN (1/T)

MANOMETER READING & TYPE IN VALUE

f ....PRINTER PRINTS: MEAN VELOCITY &. MEAN (1/T)

IS NO. OF CALIBRATION

POINTS1

SPECIFIED REF. PT VELOCITY? 1 FOR YES,FOR NO

TYPE IN VALUE

PRINT ON SCREEN: NO. OF CALIBRATION POINTS, NO. OF SAMPLES

PRINTER PRINTS: A j .Bj .E FOR +ve SENSOR WIRE: Ag.Bg,

yl» YOU REQUIRE OTHER POINTS? 1 FOR YES,

PRINT ON SCREEN: NO CONSTANT YET

PRINTER PRINTS: REF. PT. VELOCITY AND NORMAL STRESS

TYPE IN PROBE POSITION&. CHARACTERISTIC LENGTH

*PRINTER PRINTS: Y/SL

f ....... * -SPECIFY MIN VEL, MAX VEL

*PRINTER PRINTS: MIN VEL,MAX VEL

TYPE IN ANGLE OF YAW

XPRINTER PRINTS: VALUES OF IL, IK, IM

tTYPE IN NO. OF SAMPLES &. SAMPLING TIME BETWEEN READINGS

SAMPLING

PRINTER PRINTS: ANGLE,MEAN VELOCITY, NORMAL STRESS, NO. OF SAMPLES OUTSIDE MAX VEL &. MIN VEL, NO. OF +ve &. -ve SAMPLES, NO. OF SAMPLES WITH 9999 »|is & <1300 ' |13

FCOMPLETE

YES (THE USED IS REQUIRED TO ROTATE PROBE)

PRINTER PRINTS:PERFORM CALCULATION IL= IK= IM=+ve ANGLE= -ve ANGLE= UMP(IK)= UMN(IL)=UCAL= V=USBN(IL)= USPB(IK)= USBZ: UVBAR= VSBAR=

IF ONLY MEAN VELOCITY AND NORMAL STRESS OF-A CHOSEN COORDINATE DIRECTION ARE MEASURED

Page 147: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

5 FOR PROBABILITY DENSITY FUNCTION

PROBABILITY DENSITY v FUNCTION, 1 FOR / ^tfES, 0 FOR UQr

CHECKING SIGNALREQUIRED? 1 FOR YES, «4FOR NO

NOYES NO

YES

END

SAMPLING

YES NO

YESNO

NO. OF SAMPLES

SPECIFY NO. OF SLOTS

NO. OF SAMPLES,< 2 0

6 FOR AUTOCORRELATION 7 FOR CHECKING SIGNAL 8 FOR END OF PROGRAM

DO YOU WANT TO REPEAT?

SPECIFY MIN VEL, MAX VEL

PROGRAM TERMINATEDPRINTER PRINTS

READINGSSAMPLING TIME BETWEEN PRINTER PRINTS: TIME

OF FLIGHT

READINGSSAMPLING TIME BETWEEN

PROBABILITY

PRINTER PRINTSPRINT-OUT OF

OF PROBABILITY?DO YOU WANT A PRINT-OUT

PRINTER PRINTS: MEAN VELOCITY, TURBULENT INTENSITY, NO. OF ACCEPTED SIGNAL, NO. OF SAMPLES EQUAL 9999* ps, NO. OF SAMPLES OUTSIDE MAX VEL &, MIN VEL, MOMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Page 148: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

APPENDIX II

THE MEASUREMENT OF

REYNOLDS STRESSES WITH

A PULSED WIRE ANEMOMETER

I.P. Castro & B.S. Cheun

Accepted for publication in Journal of Fluid Mechanics

Page 149: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Investigation

of the

errors

arising

In pulsed

wire

anemometer

meaB

Page 150: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 151: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 152: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 153: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 154: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

method

(Bradshaw

1976)

was

also

performed

on-line.

Calibration

plus

a complete

Page 155: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 156: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 157: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 158: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 159: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

In conclusion,

we believe

that

it is

possible

to make useful measurements

Counlhan,

J. (1969)

Atmos. Environ. _3, 197

Page 160: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Probe

geometry

and

'acc

epta

nce'

co

ne 'exp

ecte

d'

PWA

data

Page 161: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

u0'3itj6

Ji0¥

¥_C0LO-

uJars

LL

Page 162: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 163: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 164: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

09 NLU

b*

zi

cO

s-nso

(IzS

4> °0oi ,1

1-9-yr

H

InuJZJLL

IP60u>

Page 165: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

1CTO

O 1.00.-4- o.s02 0.001 U.V

■F * — b. 'S 0 D tT'**'. t>our»«i.ckrt \o.^«c A o A a . ------ , Cr os^td. wj’ure r^e^urtrc^erA-i • * * >

t v p e c V ® c ^ p u K c A u A r c measurfe-tr^tTvVs) •> pu.\ uj\re c U W 0») uV y rX ;

) mm

200

100

O

200

1C0

,01 S'0.010

Page 166: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

1.0 • • '

0.2

00.10 0.10D o.or

^ £ r U R * 7 A dcA - Sv^r^cv>c\r\.c r*v»v\oc^ I c i ^ ^ Ao.Vcc. oa Lo- • ~ ”“ ““ > c o r c e c \« 4 .

C r o V . u A vuvrc r<'»tc».?vj.r u.rr^v<\\ i.) X > ^ ^ A c a V cr, W , u / u r ; W > u 7 u r‘ i C f ) , u y ^ ;

W)» vV u ‘

0020

0 .01?

0.010 0.010

O.ODS

o.to ‘ 0.10 <)o.cs:0.10 o0

Page 167: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

*2.0

X

• o

00.50.20.20 0.010O

plG-UC. . ^ MVxlnc i^tr bcWtni. A too - » rotnl'iOncJ VA-ov\«. lt> 300 nw bou.oA.ojt (Vk-^Vk--=)L e g e n d o s • 'f ' 6 ) O i s J n g l e t a + < * > * € ■ ) A f u l s & d w c , y * f K . ^ ■ b s j . ' p f o r f - f y 0

a/u:.o

O l .S »

a.o

1.S*

1.0

0.5

oo

O.oi 0.02 0.03 0.0+ 0.05%

0 0.01 0.02

Page 168: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

APPENDIX III

THE EFFECT OF UPSTREAM BOUNDARY LAYER THICKNESS UPON FLOW PAST A BACKWARD-FACING STEP

BoSo Cheun, No Toy and W 0D 0 Moss

Presented at Seventh biennial symposium on turbulence, Septo 21-23, 1981, Univ0 of Missouri-Rolla, UoSoAo

Page 169: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

THE EFFECT OF UPSTREAM BOUNDARY LAYER THICKNESS UPON FLOW PAST A BACKWARD-FACING STEP

B.S. Cheun, N. Toy and W.D. Moss Department of Civil Engineering, University of Surrey, Guildford, U.K.

ABSTRACT

The work described forms a part of a programme of research into flow past square-edged shapes having the ultimate objective of yielding a better understanding of flows around structures in the natural wind. The particular study was concerned with a backward-facing step, concentrating on the effect of upstream conditions, namely boundary layer thickness and free-stream turbulence. The effect of the latter was felt, from a preliminary study, to be of relatively minor importance and attention was directed thereafter to the effect of boundary layer thickness, most particularly on the shear layer between the re-circulating region and the outer flow. In this main study, velocities and turbulent stresses were explored by hot-wire anemometers, both single- and crossed-wire, so yielding the line of the layer, its initial thickness and rate of growth and peak values of stresses. In the preliminary study, the pulsed- wire anemometer was also used.

INTRODUCTION

The overall aim of the programme of research of which the work described here forms a part is the better understanding of flows around square- edged bodies. In the authors' own field, civil engineering, the particular application of such knowledge will be to block-like structures in the natural wind, but it is hoped that the results will be of value in much wider fields. In practical

situations, in civil engineering or elsewhere, one will often be concerned with square-edged geometries of some complexity. A better knowledge of flow past very simple shapes should, however, ultimately be of value to those more complex situations, which may be thought of as being made up of a number of interacting constituent parts.

The programme, then, has concentrated on simple shapes, namely steps and blocks, both two- dimensional and three-dimensional. It is, in fact, work relating to what is probably the simplest case of all, the backward-facing step, which is described here; the flow is not sharply deflected at the edge and interesting comparisons suggest themselves with other, basic, turbulent shear flow situations, such as jets, which have been the object of considerable study by many workers.

Throughout the work generally, particular attention has been given to the effect of upstream conditions for, in many practical situations, the incident flow is markedly non-uniform. A body may be set in a boundary layer, as is the case with a building in the natural wind; it may be in a wake, as will arise with complex geometries.

In the particular case of the backward-facing step, the intention was to examine the effect of upstream boundary layer thickness and of turbulence in the outer stream. A preliminary study indicated that the latter had relatively minor effect. The main study, therefore, investigated the effect of making a five-fold increase in the boundary layer thickness, from 0.14 to 0.67 times the step height, whilst retaining exactly the same geometry.

Page 170: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

The investigation was particularly concerned with the shear layer between the re-circulating region and the outer flow, as this was seen as the most important element of the whole situation. Its position delineates the essential flow pattern, including such important features as re-attachment length; the position of the layer and the pressure in the re-circulating region would appear to be linked with the entrainment and mixing process that takes place within the layer.

There have been numerous investigations of the backward-facing step by previous workers, such as Tani et al (1961) and Chandrasuda (1975), mostly using some form of hot-wire probe but the precise effect of upstream conditions is still not wholly clear. It is, in fact, most probably these effects which account in part for apparent discrepancies between different studies of the step (Davies and Snell (1977)). Some variations in results may be accounted for by differences in geometry; Roshko and Lau (1965) and Narayanan et al (1974) have been able to collapse results for streamwise pressure distribution by a suitable choice of pressure coefficient and dimensionless distance involving re-attachment length. Re-attachment is itself a complex matter, however, a zone rather than a point (Bradshaw and Wong (1972), Kim et al (1978)); the point has, in any case, been variously defined by reference to the dividing streamline or the pressure distribution or by flow visualisation or devices such as the thermal tufts of Eaton et al (1979).

Instrumentation, too, may introduce discrepancies; the single hot-wire is of limited accuracy with very high turbulence intensities and is unsuitable for regions where flow reversals occur. Our aim has been to reduce uncertainties due to measurement techniques. The pulsed-wire anemometer, previously used by Baker (1977) to study the re-circulating region, was used in preliminary work and, later, for the main work, which did not cover regions with flow reversals, a crossed hot-wire anemometer, was used, corrected, however, as suggested by Tutu and Chevray (1975). (The laser anemometer, as used in similar situations by Etheridge and Kemp (1978) and Smyth (1979) may ultimately provide the best check on accuracy.)

TEST RIG

The work was carried out in a low-speed, open- circuit return, wind tunnel of the blowdown type.The reference velocity Ur within the 1.37m x 1.07m x 4.58m working section was maintained at 9 m/s throughout the study as measured with a pitot- static tube at a reference position 540mm above and 90mm (one step height) upstream of the step position. The free-stream turbulence intensity in the open tunnel was less than 0.5%. This was increased for the preliminary study of the effect of free-stream turbulence .on the flow downstream of the step; this increase in turbulence intensity, to 3.5%, was obtained by setting a bi-planar square-mesh grid of solidity ratio 0.56 (similar in design to that described by Baines and Paterson (1951)) across the working section 1.0m upstream of the model.

The model of the backward-facing step (Fig. 1) spanned the full width of the tunnel, 1.37m, and had a total length of 2.0m; it was mounted on the side­wall of the tunnel on legs 220mm high. The step, height h = 90mm, was formed at the mid-point. The rounded nose of the model was 1.5m from the end of the contraction; to prevent separation of flow a sandpaper strip of width 115mm was fixed on the nose. Immediately upstream of the step a sheet of porous plastic 0.63m wide, spanning the full width, was incorporated into the model. By applying suction to the underside of this material it was possible to reduce the thickness of the boundary layer before separation at the step edge.

Single hot-wire, crossed hot-wire and pulsed- wire anemometers were all used at some stage in the measurement of velocity and stress profiles. The single hot-wire was a DISA 55M10 anemometry unit with a Pll probe and the crossed hot-wire (using two 55M10 units) a P61 probe. Since it is well-known that the results obtained for the mean velocity and Reynolds stresses using a crossed-wire in highly turbulent flow may be over-estimated and under­estimated respectively, the results were all corrected, in the manner suggested by Tutu and Chevray (1975). All data acquisition and analysis was performed on line, the pulsed-wire data with a Tektronix TEK31 at a sampling rate of 1000 per

Page 171: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

minute and the hot-wire data with a Hewlett-Packard 9810 at a rate of 500-1000 per minute.

MEASUREMENTS AND DISCUSSION

Although the flow behind a backward-facing step is probably the easiest to set up experiment­ally, the analysis of the flow structure is far from simple. As the flow separates from the edge of the step the separating shear layer grows by an entrainment process. At some distance downstream (approximately 6 step heights), the flow re-attaches and some of the entrained fluid is introduced into the re-circulating region (and conversely some fluid is lost to the shear layer). Fig. 2 shows diagrammatically some of the principal motions of the fluid including the redeveloping boundary layer downstream of the re-attachement zone.

With the wind tunnel running at a free-stream velocity of 9 m/s and a low turbulence intensity, 0.5%, the boundary layer generated over the length of the baseboard was measured at the step edge using a pulsed-wire anemometer. This condition, henceforth known as case (a), was used as one of the initial conditions upstream of the step. For the second part of the main study, a boundary layer was again allowed to develop along the board but with the suction applied to the porous surface.This had the effect of removing some of the momentum in the growing boundary layer thereby producing a very thin boundary layer at the step edge with low turbulence (known henceforth as case (b)). Fig. 3 shows the mean velocity profiles for both the thick and thin layers at the step, and Fig. 4 shows the corresponding longitudinal stress TP for these two cases.

For the preliminary work, measurements were taken with the pulsed-wire anemometer at the mid­point of the re-circulating region, x/h = 3, for both the thick and thin boundary layers in low and high freestream turbulence. Figs. 5(a) and 5(b) show the mean velocity profile and the distribution of the longitudinal stress TP across this region for all four cases; cases (c) and (d) are similar to cases (a) and (b) respectively, without and with suction, but with freestream turbulence 3.5%. From the mean velocity profiles, Fig. 5(a), it can be

seen that, for the thinner boundary layer, cases(b) and (d), the distribution is much sharper, indicating that the separated shear layer is thinner at this position.

By increasing the freestream turbulence from 0.5% to 3.5%, as in cases (c) and (d), there is little change in the mean velocity profile for either of the boundary layer cases, indicating that the pattern of flow is affected mush less by free­stream turbulence than by boundary layer thickness at the edge. There is, however, a small indirect effect in that free-stream turbulence appears to cause the local turbulence intensity TP in the boundary layer to be slightly changed so that the peak value in the shear layer is increased somewhat by free-stream turbulence in the case of the thick boundary layer, rather less for the thin boundary layer. The matter merits further study.

As a consequence of this preliminary study, which indicated that neither the separating shear layer nor the re-attachement zone were significantly affected by increasing freestream turbulence, measurements were taken within the separating shear layer with a single hot-wire and a crossed-wire anemometer for the two boundary layer cases with low freestream turbulence. Measurements of the mean velocity and Reynolds stresses were taken at six equal step heights downstream of the step for the thick boundary layer and at positions x/h =1.3 and 5 for the thin boundary layer. Fig. 6 shows the mean velocity profiles for the two cases and it is clearly seen that the velocity profile is broader for case (a) than for case (b). This is to be expected since the thicker boundary layer would tend to initiate mixing over a greater width within the separating shear layer. Over the initial region, 0<x/h<3, the separating shear layer behaves similarly to a plane mixing layer in an increasing turbulent field. (In our case, it is the initial boundary layer at the edge that produces the change in the shear layer and not the free­stream turbulence as in the case of the plane mixing layer.) The plots of Reynolds stresses TP and -uv in Figs. 7 and 8 both show the distinct effect of a reduced shear layer for a thinner separating boundary layer at the step. Peak values in both of the Reynolds stresses are higher for & thin initial

Page 172: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

boundary layer with its higher values of 3U/3y which may be expected to promote increased turbulence and so more intense mixing within the separating shear layer via entrainment from the freestream. As a comparison, the growth of the shear layer is plotted in Fig. 9 for each of the upstream conditions. In this figure the upper and lower limits are taken as U = 0.8 Um and 11 = 0.45 Um respectively and it is readily seen that for the thinner upstream boundary layer the shear layer is thinner and re-attaches slightly earlier. In Fig. 10 the widths of the shear layer, Ayj, defined in this manner, have been plotted for both cases, showing this effect more clearly.

As a comparison of the present data with the results of other workers, the maximum value of the turbulence intensity (u^Jm is plotted against the re-normalised x-co-ordinate x' = (x-xr )/h (Fig. 11); the instruments used are indicated - single hot­wire (SHW), crossed hot-wire (CHW), pulsed-wire (PWA) and laser (LA). As suggested by Eaton et al (1979), the intensity generally starts to decay upstream of the re-attachment zone, indicating that any large structure within the shear layer begins to break down as the flow interacts with the wall. It is interesting to note that, although our results do not include traverses downstream of the re-attachement point, the figures for case (b), initial thin boundary later, are still increasing as the flow approaches the re-attachment zone. Further work is required to investigate this feature.

Finally, as a point of discussion, the results for the mean velocity and normal stress are presented for the six step heights downstream of the step for both initial boundary conditions as a comparison with those for a circular jet. The data for the circular jet were obtained with pulsed-wire and crossed-wire anemometers in a jet rig of diameter D = 20.4mm at a reference velocity Ucl of 8 m/s on the centre line at a distance x/D = 2.54 downstream of the orifice. In an attempt to collapse the data for all the downstream positions a non-dimensional y-co-ordinate y' = (y-yo.5)/x was used, taken as the difference between the measuring position above the step floor and the position where the local velocity within the shear layer is

0.5 times the maximum measured velocity Um in a given cross-section divided by the longitudinal position x downstream of the step. Although the collapse of the data is not as good as it might be, it can be seen that, for case (a), the mean velocity profiles tend towards the results for a circular jet as the re-attachment zone is approached, while, for case (b), the agreement is much better, especially at x/h = 5. The results for the normal stress u2 , however, are not so encouraging since the peak stresses for the step are much higher than for the jet flow. One reason for this may be that the chosen y-co-ordinate is not representative of the flow condition and that a more suitable scaling factor is required. One such scaling factor has been applied to the results of the mean velocity taken with the pulsed-wire at x/h = 3 in the present preliminary study; results from the earlier works of Baker and of Etheridge and Kemp at x/h =1,2,3 and 4 have been added for comparison (Fig. 13). In this case, the y-co-ordinate chosen is y* = (y-yo.5)/Ay where (y-y0 5) is as before but the denominator is now ay = = 0>9 Um)-y(U=0.2 Um));the somewhat arbitrary choice of coefficients has been decided on the basis of obtaining the best degree of collapse. Both sets of data, including different boundary conditions, collapse reasonably well with those obtained from the jet. Further work is required to establish the value of collapsing the data in this manner.

CONCLUSIONS

The study of the effect of various upstream conditions upon the re-attaching shear layer flow behind a backward-facing step has revealed the importance of isolating the separate effects as far as possible to obtain a full understanding or indeed to make comparisons with other work in the same field but involving somewhat different conditions. Close attention must be paid to measuring techniaues in the highly turbulent regions if substantial errors are not to be introduced, a probable source of discrepancy between different investigations.

The significant features of the present study may be summarized as follows:-

Page 173: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(a) The thickness of the separated shear layer is linked to the initial boundary layer thickness.A thicker boundary layer is associated with a shear layer which is correspondingly thicker initially and has a higher spreading rate.

(b) The maximum Reynolds stresses at cross- sections downstream of the step are dependent upon the velocity gradient 3U/3y close to the wall and so upon its thickness. The difference between the peak values for the two initial conditions is much larger near the re-attachment zone and may perhaps be attributed to the complex structure of the flow in that region.

(c) It is found that the data can be collapsed to a considerable extent if the mean longitudinal velocity distribution in the near wake is plotted in the form U/Um vs . ( y - y g ^ / a y where ay is an arbitrary measure of the thickness of the layer. Better agreement is achieved with the mean velocity data of the jet also if plotted in this form. This improved plot can be used to test and compare data obtained with different techniques such as the pulsed-wire or laser.

(d) With varying turbulent boundary layer thickness, it appears that the re-attachment length for the shear layer is slightly shorter for the thinner boundary layer both with high and low levels of free-stream turbulence; the difference is not great, however, and may represent a balance of conflicting influences. Higher free-stream turbulence appears, in fact, not to have a particularly significant effect on this length.This is probably because the maximum turbulence in the boundary layer was higher than the free-stream turbulence. The whole matter of the effect of free-stream turbulence on the boundary layer and hence, indirectly, on the separated shear layer, does, however, warrant further study.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to express their gratitude to Professor Z.S. Makowski, Head of the Department of Civil Engineering, for permission to publish this paper and for his encouragement throughout, to Dr L.J.S. Bradbury and Dr I.P. Castro of the Dept.

Mechanical Engineering for their advice and toMr R.G. Northam for the construction of the model and his continuous assistance in all phases of the work. The work was partly supported by a grant from the Science Research Council.

NOTATIOND diameter of jet nozzleh step heightu instantaneous streamwise velocityU mean streamwise velocityUo mean velocity in free streamUCL mean velocity on centre-line of jetUm maximum value of mean velocity in cross-

sectionUr reference mean velocityy2m maximum value of normal stress in cross-

sectionv instantaneous lateral velocityX streamwise co-ordinatexr re-attachment lengthX' (x-xr)/hy lateral co-ordinate*0.5 value of y at U = 0.5y' (y-yo.5)/*y" (y-yo.s)/0*ay = 0.9 Urn)_ty = 0.2 Um )*y, = 0.8 Um)-i{U = 0.45 Um )

REFERENCES

Bains, W.D., and Peterson, E.G., 1951, "An Investigation of Flow Through Screens", Trans. A.S.M.E., 73, 467.Baker, S., 1977, "Regions of Re-circulating Flow Associated with Two-dimensional Steps", Ph.D. Thesis, University of Surrey.Bradshaw, P. and Wong, F.Y.F., 1972. "The Re­attachment and Relaxation of a Turbulent Shear Layer", J. Fluid Mech., 52, 113.Chandrasuda, C., 1975, "A Re-attaching Turbulent Shear Layer in Incompressible Flow", Ph.D. Thesis, University, of London.Davies, T.W. and Snell, D.J., 1977. "Turbulent Flow Over a Two-dimensional Step and its Dependence on Upstream Conditions", Symp. on Turbulent Shear Flows, Pennsylvania State University.Eaton, J.K., Johnston, J.P. and Jeans, J.H., 1979, "Measurements in a Re-attaching Turbulent Shear Layer", Second Symp. on Turbulent Shear Flows, Imperial College, London.

Page 174: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Etheridge, D.W. and Kemp, P.H.,.1978, "Measurements of Turbulent Flow Downstream of a Rearward-facing Step", J. Fluid Mech., 86, 545.Kim, J., Kline, S.J. and Johnston, J.P., 1978, "Investigation of separation and re-attachment of a Turbulent Shear Layer: Flow Over a Backward- facing Step”, Thermosciences-Div., Dept, of Mech. Engineering, Stanford University.Narayanan, M.A.B., Khadsi, Y.N. and Viswanath, P.R., 1974, "Similarities in Pressure Distribution in Separated Flow Behind Backward-facing Steps", Aero. Quarterly, 25, 305.Roshko, A. and Lau, J.C., 1965, "Some Observations on Transition and Re-attachment of a Free Shear Layer in Incompressible Flow", Proc. of 1965 Heat Transfer and Fluid Mechanics Inst., Stanford University Press, 157.Smyth, R., 1979, "Turbulent Flow over a Plane Symmetric Sudden Expansion", Trans. A.S.M.E., ser.I, 101, 348.Tani, I., Iuchi, M. and Komoda, H., 1961. "Experimental Investigation of Flow Separation Associated with a Step or Groove", Res. Rep. No.364, Aero. Res. Inst., University of Tokyo, 119.Tutu, N.K. and Chevray, R., 1975, "Cross-wire Anemometry in High-intensity Turbulence", J. Fluid Mech., 71, 785.

P a l P o in t X

C o n tra c t io n

A pproach ing B oundary Layer

(-----1510 --j---360 -P.To Pump

Oim anaion ta mm

FIG. 1. DIAGRAMMATIC LAYOUT OF RIG.

FIG. 2. BACKWARD-FACING STEP FLOW FIELD

Page 175: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Cat*

0 •005 •01

FIG. 3. MEAN VELOCITY PROFILES AT THE STEP EDGE FOR THE TWO MAIN CASES.

FIG. A. TURBULENCE INTENSITY PROFILES AT THE STEP EDGE FOR THE TWO MAIN CASES.

\1-2

-2

FIG. 5(A). MEAN VELOCITY PROFILES AT X/H-3.

Cam* □ aa b

■ ct a

□ ■ □ ■

1 (Hj) 0 02 .0 4

(B). TURBULENCE INTENSITY PROFILES AT X/H-3.

Page 176: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

0 5— -o C u t - B

FIG. 6. MEAN VELOCITY PROFILES UPSTREAM OF RE-ATTACHMENT.

002

— ■©■ —

FIG. 7. LONGITUDINAL STRESS PROFILES UPSTREAM OF RE-ATTACHMENT.

Page 177: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

FIG. 8. SHEAR STRESS PROFILES UPSTREAM OF RE-ATTACHMENT.

■U=0-8U

0-5

FIG. 9. DEVELOPING SHEAR LAYERS

1 (C H W )

C h a n d ra u d a (SHW ) C h a n d ra u d a (CHW ) B a ka r (PW A)E th a r id g a A Kam p ( l a ) R al8lap-tE a to n a t a l(PW A)

Kim a t a l(C H W )

0-3

0-2

FIG. 10. THICKNESSES OF SHEAR LAYERS. FIG. 11. MAXIMUM VALUES OF LONGITUDINAL STRESS.

Page 178: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

let D»U

-uu

FIG. 12(A). COLLAPSED DATA FOR MEAN VELOCITY PROFILES.

•*

o-AA

FIG. 12(B). COLLAPSED DATA FOR LONGITUDINAL STRESS PROFILES.

o *

FIG. 13. COLLAPSED DATA FOR MEAN VELOCITY PROFILES COMPARED WITHRESULTS FOR AXISYMMETRICAL JET AND RESULTS FROM OTHER WORKERS.

Page 179: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

APPENDIX IV

FURTHER DETAILS OF CALIBRATION AND ANALYSIS. FOR HOT-WIRE ANEMOMETERS

Page 180: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

r—f

1f9

"J>1

cosQ -

IIu%4O-e-cOS+>

CD

1

VI 33 2,3- Ǥ 5P a

-P

C>3 Hcr 3

Page 181: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

8

B +»

»>~>l2 <3 < r3 £ S’

Page 182: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds
Page 183: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Plate

3»11

Low

speed

wind

tunn

el

Page 184: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Plate 3 a2* Simulation system

Page 185: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Plate 3 ®31 Backward Facing- Step model

Page 186: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Plate

3e4s

Two-

Dime

nsio

nal

Block

mode

l

Page 187: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

SFHPPII

Plate

3.5s

HP21

MX mi

ero-

eomp

uter

with

auxili

ary

inst

rume

nts

Page 188: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

PLEASE SELECT A NUMBER

Plate

3,6:

Closer

view

of HP2645A

Term

inal

VD

U

Page 189: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

I— % — H

Figure 3.1: Schematic view of simulation system

Page 190: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

X

>*

CL 3a o < ca

CO

EE

c.2’«ca>EQ

aE3CL

O

\

Figure

3,2:

Sche

mati

c diagram

of Backward

Facing

Step

Page 191: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

> o

xoor—IffliHc3G0 •HWG<DS•HQ1O

tH01 ba•HTJ0 •H■Pa$145OW

COoCO

•H

Page 192: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

coo(04-»cooT” • •h-CO•T—T“

JCt£oo>1ocoX

c<DCO

Figure

3.4:

Sche

mati

c diagram

of Jet

Ri

g

Page 193: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Hot-

wire

probe

Working

section

of wi

nd-t

unne

l

4->

Figure

3„5:

Block

diagram

of HP9810A

calc

ulat

or

with

auxi

liar

y in

stru

ment

s

Page 194: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

VO

LT

S

u_OH-D0.J-DO

DCHiDCLU>zoo

_J

Figure

3„6:

Ampl

ifie

r ca

libr

atio

n

Page 195: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

y

+VE YAW -V E YAW

PULSED WIRE

VELOCITY VECTOR

©

SENSOR WIRE

ZERO YAW

Figure 3 a7: Schematic view of angles of rotation of pulsed-wire probe

Page 196: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

a:

A

Q UJ

Figure

4.1:

General

flow

beha

viour

of the

Backward

Facing

Step

Page 197: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

□ A

V

□□

>

<

><

□□

►<

□□

►<

<3>

m n

□□

CM O

Sto

CMO

□□

<>

COil o

v>coO

r- CM CO st

□ « 0 ►

o „II

= > \3

G CO

*

a - (O

CO

* CM

> XJC CNI CO t

CD

><□□

“T"St

*s

&■

CM

m

- o

\r cmi

o

Figure

4.2:

(a) Mean

long

itud

inal

ve

loci

ty

and

(b)

long

itud

inal

stress

dist

ribu

tion

s of

prel

imin

ary

stud

y

Page 198: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure 4

C a s e - 1

C a s e - 3C a s e - 4

Baker

Etheridge &

Kemp £

8

Jet

,3; Modified plot of mean longitudinal velocity profile- Backward Facing Step

Page 199: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

^ ■

_o

o o

-CO

<n

CL

Ha.

Figure

4.4:

Norm

alis

ed

pressure

coef

fici

ents

,

Page 200: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

x Y

in

co oT “

c cE EQ. CL

o O1 1a Y—

OIIVa.O

Figure

4.5:

Redu

ced•pr

essu

re

coef

fici

ents

, C

Page 201: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

e cE Ea a

O O1 1 X<0

Ea aO O

itnao

□fi]<►

ccX

-*X

- o

in01

COao03•PCa)•Ho•H«H*H0OoouPxn030ua'p0opn0

«oo

•Hfa

Page 202: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Q.I O ■

<3 0\ '*

H □

■ D

O

<►

' ..■ 3

KJ

ClCL

o£0

CL CL

CL

Figure

4,7:

Reduce

d, p

ress

ure

coef

fici

ents

, Cp

4

Page 203: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

— □ —

1-5

0*5

Figure 4,8: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity of SelectedCases at x/h = 0

Page 204: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure 4,9: Distribution of mean longitudinal~stress of SelectedCases at x/h = 0

Page 205: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CM,-C

< mi io> 0W (0<0 COO O

O — J

Figure

4„10:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

veloci

ty

down

stre

am

of the

st

ep

Page 206: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

( y - y ° - s ) /

C a s e -A

▼ •<

> C a se -B

• o•2-

Jet Data

'Figure 4,11: Comparison of mean longitudinal velocity of shear layerassociated with the step with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 207: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

► Baker

Etheridgev-

Kemp

•2-

o

Jet Datan>

> ♦

- • 1-

>

Figure 4.12: Comparison of Baker*s mean longitudinal velocity datawith mixing layer data of the jet.

Page 208: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

\1-5n

U=0-8U-o-

U=0-45U,

•5-

63 4 51 2

•3-

•2- — o— Case-A o— Case-B

■1-

1 2 3 4Figure 4.13; (a) Position of local mean velocity of 0o45Um and 0.8Um ,

and (b) arbitrarily defined shear layer thickness ( Ay-j/h)

Page 209: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

<D3 < “o

I*

coa3®>+

$c5OQ0 >1

CD ©- -Q ©_$ Q 0— 0 0 0-©“

in)□-== g = «-

iisz3 -'.------------- f t - — f l - n =

- C & m in

Figure

4 <>14

: Di

stri

buti

on

of mean

tran

sver

se

velocity

do

wnst

ream

of

the

step

Page 210: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

o —

-Q--- D—Q^3-0~0-0« H tQ

Figure

40'15:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

stress

- for

the

Ba

ckwa

rd

Facing

Step

Page 211: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CD

ocf'

kJZ

< m! Ia a>w wCO COO O

CO

CM

o

Figure

4el6;

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

tran

sver

se

stre

ss

Page 212: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

o

Figure

4.17;

Dist

ribu

tion

of

turb

ulen

t shear

stre

ss

Page 213: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

o

Figure

4.18:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

turbul

ent

kinetic

ener

gy

Page 214: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

• A

•03-

02-

Case - A C a s e - B } (C H W ) ^

Chandrsuda (SHW) Chandrsuda (CHW)Baker (PWA)Etheridge & Kemp ( l a )

| Kim et al (CHW)RefS tep -1 Eaton et al(PWA)

24 0 4 86

( X - X rL

~o 2Figure 4 019: Streamwise variation of maximum (u /u ) ^or the step

Page 215: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure 4 e20: Streamwise variation

Page 216: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

[- “ L — —vC a s e - B C h a n d rs u d a

B akerE th e r id g e & Kem p Ref StepA c c e p ta b le Data Envelope - Eaton & Johnston 1980a

m et al

/ x

( X - X rL

/ / nFigure 4„21:

— 2Streamwise variation of maximum (-uv/Ur ) for the step

Page 217: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Xh

* 1 i ▼ 2• 3 O 4 ■ 5v 6 a 1 Ao 3° 5

► C a s e - A

Jet Data

Case - B

8

-025 05

Figure 4.22; Comparison of (u2 /U^) of shear layer associated with the step with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 218: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(y-y^‘3

A3

9

7□

2-

0-

-•1

► C a s e - A

• ▼

TAB <>•0 o

•3a O

* 1 ▼ 2 © 3O 4 ■ 5v 6 A 1o 3 > C a s e - B

° 5

<?

o □▼o

O cm o

q o a®

Jet Data

i

0*01 0*02

□□

°a

y u m

~o 2Figure 4 023; Comparison of ( v7Um ) of shear layer associated with the step with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 219: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

;s»i h

<} *CD

S ?oo*13a

•1-

- •1

* 1 1 T 2• 3O 4 ■ 5v 6 J* 1 n o 3 □ 5 -

► C a s e - A

► Case - B

'■*> O *

\°Sv ° O sJet Data

8CL TA.□o „ ^

To T

V<> V A

O / cp0

005i—

01 - u v .

Figure 4.24: Comparison of (-uv/U ) of shear layer associatedmwith the step with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 220: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

h2n

X,h

1-

oJ1

£Un

• Case - A □ Case - b — Predicted Values

1-

0J

V 1□□33

B

1TT

Figure 4«25: Comparison of experimental and computed mean longitudinalvelocity distribution of the step - Selected Cases

Page 221: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

ACp

10

Case - A— ■1- PredictedValues— Case - B

- *3-l

Figure 4,26; Computed mean surface pressure distribution - Selected Cases

Page 222: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

( y - y ^

(X-Xo)A9

- • 1-

o 1-5 4 a 2*11 ▼ 2*92 ■ 4*23

■▼¥

- •0 5 -

■r

£

i *

£

•5 j rSfc

if

T*

*05-

AD

aX<yJb

o

Fig^1*© 4.27: Mean longitudinal velocity at various locationsdownstream of the nozzle exit

NHD«

Page 223: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(X-Xq)

O®A

O ▼

— 1'AX■

*f>o 1-54 b 2-11 a 2-92 ▼ 4*23

— •OS­

'S'

4 >

o

I — 01

AA d

“1--02

v a tB ■ O

° 'V T° V To

8 «■ A A

o _ ▼A, ▼a A

£

05-

«A A T

B H,T A yA

o TAAV °TA B A

O ▼ BA

O▼ VB

J " TA O A

OA B A

>A A

Figure 4.28: Mean longitudinal stress at various locationsdownstream of the nozzle exit

Page 224: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

( y - y o ^(X-Xo)

— • u n v Y — JL ^o CHW

Si

•05-

UUm

0>)

— ' V / ,P -2 S.

□i□

Figure 4«29: (a) Comparison of mean longitudinal velocity and(b) mean transverse velocity between crossed-wire and

pulsed-wire measuring techniques - Mixing Layer of the Jet

Page 225: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

-y°^(X-Xo)

— 11\\

\ T\\ A

\

* PWA C(()=0o)■* P WA ( ( | )= o ° )

CHW

- • 0 5 -

05-

“ I---

01

\ T\

\ T. \ A\ \ V T

02 U“U m\

I 1--1

Y * V

r /T /

1Jv ▼

Figure 4.30; Comparison of (u^) between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire measuring techniques

Page 226: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(X-Xo) O PWA C t|)=0°,±45o)

- - CHW

•01

•05H

2Figure 4.31; Comparison of (v*) between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire measuring techniques

Page 227: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

( y - #(X-Xo) □ PWA C Ip=±45°)

CHW

05-

•0 0 5

•05-

UVy/ J2u m

Figure 4.32; Comparison of (-uv) between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire measuring* techniques

Page 228: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

LU

-J

cc

XQ

T3CDtocdaa ■p•H 3CDa

a• oo as-pII -p

aS£3 CD

inw O.

OX -Poo orH 3.Q

X!05 ■P•H'H £.0*h <1)P . >»O aS•H rH>OS >>& U0 aS.O. T3£ §O 0i—1«HrH oas •Hu ,3CD -P3<D C0 •H..COCOo

<DUP5o•Hfa

Page 229: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CM v.I'tY5

- O

m

=\=B

~r~OOCM

- in

E o £ *

ooCOoo

Figure

4.34 s

Mean

long

itud

inal

velocity

and

stress

dist

ribu

tion

s at

x/h

= -4.63

in

smooth

wall

boundary

layer

with

and

without

the

pres

ence

of

the

bloc

k

Page 230: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

CM v-, l^\=

-o

-O

Figure

4035:

Mean

long

itud

inal

velocity

and

stress

dist

ribu

tion

s at

x/h

= -4„63

in

rough

wall

boundary

layer

with

and

without

the

pres

ence

of

the

bloc

k

Page 231: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

\ =1-06

0 1♦5

Case1

-o- 23

- % 1 ur

X< =4*27

Figure 4„36: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream of

Two-Dimensional Block - Rough wall boundary layer condition with L/h varied

Page 232: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

= 5-34

0 •5 1

X

Case

-■*— 1 — o — • 2

3

X,=7.47

10

- % 1 ur

Pr=8-54

Figure 4.37: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream ofTwo-Dimensional Block - Rough wall boundary layer conditionwith L/h varied

Page 233: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

0)v>CISO

r- CM CO

\ \

- in

*■ o

- inFigure

4.38:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

velocity

do

wnst

ream

of

Two-

Dime

nsio

nal

Bloc

k Rough

wall

boundary

laye

r.

Page 234: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

4,

=1.06— BLR

- BLS

0 •5 1

Case1

5

V = 3 - BLS

•50 1

\ =2-13- BLR

% = 4-27-BLR

Figure 4„39: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream ofTwo-Dimensional Block (three cases with L/h = 0o5)

Page 235: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

%

0 •5 1

%=7.47- BLR

•50 1

Case1

-O-. 4— r... 5

=6- BLS

U

Figure 4 o40: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream ofTwo-Dimensional Block (three cases with L/H = 0„5)

C\

Page 236: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

mooII

- in

oT“ lOCO

O* t f

X

Lo

=\=>

DC_J cnmi COCO 1o> o>ii II- m

r ~rco nrCM A r

Figure

4e41:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

velocity

down

stre

am

of Tw

o-Di

mens

iona

l Block

(three

cases

with

L/h

Page 237: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

a 13 > Case -4• 14v 15

1•5

Figure 4,>42; Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream of Two-Dimensional Block (case 4)

Page 238: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

o-

•025 •05•05 •025

> =3-2

•05•0250

Jr =4-27

Figure 4.43: Distribution of mean longitudinal stress downstream of Two-Dimensional Block - Rough wall boundary layer condition withL/h varied

Page 239: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

•050 •0250 *025

P; =7*47

•05•025

Pr =8*54

•025 •050

Figure 4.44: Distribution of mean longitudinal stress downstream of Two-Dimensional Block - Rough wall boundary layer condition withL/h varied

Page 240: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

i ->w

r o

inCMo

73fiOOuo>>osrH

aJfi3OX5iHrHOS£€3OPiAJoorHCQi—tK$G0 •H TO C 0 •s*HQ1O

*Ho

•p

I—iCM

-P

•H

r V o ^T

Page 241: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

4

3-

2

10

44

3

2

1

Case

45

•025— i•05 •025 •05

&=3-2-BLRh£•=4-27- BLR

=4- BLS

•025— i•05 •025

— i•05

.46: Distribution of mean longitudinal stress downstream of TwoDimensional Block (three cases with L/h = 0.5)

Page 242: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

C ase

\ = 5 - BLS

0 •025 •05

= 7 .4 7 - BLR

0 •025 1 -0 5

= 6— BLS

•025, y?21 \TV05

yf = 8 *5 4 ” BLR

X/ = 8 - BLS

025—i*05

Figure 4 047; Distribution of mean longitudinal stress downstream of TwoDimensional Block (three cases with L/h = 0„5)

Page 243: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

o

CDIN.o

x\IIJZ

/~s10ooIf

mCMo

*-.o

<0(13

oIT)

t ? f

oc_1CDI<0O)II\-cX\

cdCDIO)II

xX1

CM v.

|-3\3 ID

r O

nro CM -N r

ID - CM O

Figure

4.48:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

stress

down

stre

am

of Tw

o-Di

mens

iona

l Block

(three

cases

with

L/h

Page 244: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

► Case -4

15 J

• v

m □m □

025

Figure 4.49; Distribution of mean longitudinal stress downstream of Two-Dimensional Block (Case 4)

Page 245: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

\ jC

r 04 CO inI I I I I0 ) 0 0 0 © co m to w tn(0 (Q CO CO (0

o<0

_ in

plO9O!!

- O

U)

d

Figure

4„50:

Position

of shear

layer

- Line

of co

nstant

U

Page 246: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

A '

COI©V)03O

o

Figure

4.51:

Arbi

trar

ily

defined

shear

layer

thic

knes

s ( Ay

^/h)

Page 247: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

o ■

Oo ■

om

o<*

mo

Page 248: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

x\£

0—1

t— < — I H OI— ► — S3

I— o — I

Figure

4053:

Position

of shear

layer

defined

as po

siti

on

of pe

ak

Page 249: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

to-

V

► •

I— O H

Figure

4.54:

Comp

aris

on

of shear

layer

position

defined

as po

sition

of~2

peak

u for

L/h

=1

Page 250: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

X \

in

Page 251: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

a n

o?ii

W CX OZDQ.r-|CV

Figure

4056:

Comp

aris

on

of mean

surface

pres

sure

s on

bloc

k

Page 252: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

0 1 2 3 4

't' M EAN DIVIDING S T R E A M L IN Eh

o •5

Figure 4.57: Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity downstream ofTwo-Dimensional Block (L/h = 0.5) - Selected Case

Page 253: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

K

o 1 2 3 4

M E A N DIVIDING STREAMLINE

6 87 9S'A

Figure 4.58: Distribution of fraction of flow reversal downstreamof Two-Dimensional Block (L/h =0.5) - Selected Case

Page 254: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

50%

Flow

Reversal

Figure

4.59:

Posi

tion

of

zero

mean

long

itud

inal

velocity

and

50%

flow

reve

rsal

.

Page 255: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

(y-y«ju\

A f t

> Case - 1

* .1.06-

o 3*2a 4.27■ 5-34O 6-4

• 8-54

Jet Data

Figure 4.60: Comparison of mean longitudinal velocity of shear layer associatedwith the block (Selected Case) with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 256: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Figure

► Baker

Jet Data

•1-

®61: Comparison of Baker’s mean longitudinal velocity datafor the block with mixing1 layer data of the jet

Page 257: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

( y - y * >%

A 1-061

o 3-2* 4-27 > Case

o 6-4

• 8*54-1

9

Baker

Jet Data

Figure 4062; Modified plot of mean longitudinal velocity profile -Selected Case

Page 258: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

1*5-1

► Baker

V 10J

Jet Data•5-

Figure 4.63; Modified plot of Baker's mean longitudinal velocityprofile for the block

Page 259: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

I<DOiCOO

II

0)

- CO

- N

- CO

- in

- CO

- CM

A

nm0cxV•Hx:-pu0>103HU030 .«03

TJ0c•H«HCD>> r—I •H01 u■p•H.QccS•HO{30 •H -P 03 •H Ua>003•H1gS0U■Pra

co

0ua•H

"cm"

Page 260: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

MEA N DIVIDING STREAMLINE

+ve Upwards

-ve Downwards

2 0 -2

Figure 4.65: Distribution of mean transverse velocity downstream of Two-Dimensional Block (L/h = 0.5) - Selected Case

Page 261: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

210 3 4

I MEAN DIVIDING STREAMLINE

6 7 8 9

Figure 4.66: Distribution of fraction of flow towards the wall downstreamof Two-Dimensional Block (L/h = 0.5) - Selected Case

Page 262: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

a PWA C c|j= 90°) • CHW

O

co

r--•2

Figure <

1-

O

(3)

© □

® □

€> □

in

CD

QD

-> u .12 1 ir

□ O

□8^

a**«

I«4

EE

(b)

■* v/•2 Ur

1.67: (a) Comparison of mean longitudinal velocity and (b) meantransverse velocity between crossed-wire and pulsed-wire measuring techniques - Selected case

Page 263: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

LUCCCM

-CO

o-i i rT* co CM

>\x

o

Figure

4«68:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

stress

down

stre

am

of the

block

- Se

lect

ed

Case

Page 264: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

- o>

- CO

CO

- m

Figure

4.69:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

long

itud

inal

stress

downst

ream

of

the

block

- Sele

cted

Ca

se

Page 265: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

<LUDC^ I-

LONTr +iO o ' CD Q

- w Q oj —

-co

Figure

4o70;

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

tran

sver

se

stress

downst

ream

of

the

block

- Selected

Case

Page 266: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

S Qcr> - II > -3 0

- CO

Figure

4,71:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

mean

tran

sver

se

stress

down

stre

am

of the

block

- Select

ed

Case

Page 267: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

<lli

- CO

_nFigure

4„72:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

turbulent

shear

stress

down

stre

am

of the

block

- Se

lected

Case

Page 268: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

-o>

-CO

_n.

>\

Figure

4.73:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

turbulent

shear

stress

down

stre

am

of the

block

- Se

lect

ed

Case

Page 269: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

h* 1.06 i□ 2-13 o 3-2

a 4*27 ■ 5-34 O 6*4 ▼ 7*47• 8*5 4 J

► C a s e - 1

•1-

o-

- • 1-

Jet Data

oT#

# * 2 .

% o • ■z

• °o □▼ ■

o - Bo

— 2-025

-i05 Um

m" y o \Figure 4.74: Comparison of (u /U^) of shear layer associated with theblock with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 270: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

A

•1"

CH

- • 1-

- •£

T ia 1 0 6 1 □ 2*13 o 3-2 a 4-27 ■ 5 - 3 4 O 6-4 ▼ 7-47 • 8-54

► Case - 1

. a

Jet DataA

9>

o t

*

O A

1 * Vy0 _ 025 *05 / Um

Figure 4.75: Comparison of (v^/U^) of shear layer associated with theblock with mixing- layer data of the jet

Page 271: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

•2-

•1-

0-

T■ %

o■

a 1-06i □ 2-13 o 3-2 a 4-27 ■ 5 *34 O 6*4 ▼ 7-47 • 8-54-J

► C a s e - 1

▼o

o

O ▲

— 1 - 1

Jet Data

a <£#

o • ■▲ ▼o

• o

- * ‘2*

O 01“1 - u v ,02 /y2m

Figure 4 a76: Comparison of (-uv/CJm ) of shear layer associated with theblock with mixing layer data of the jet

Page 272: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

*\=

o

CMO

O J

T “T”CM

Figure

4„77:

Dist

ribu

tion

of

turb

ulent

kinetic

energy

of the

block

- Se

lect

ed

Case

Page 273: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

2-13 4.27 6-4 8.54

0 1

(a)

%

•O Case-1

Undisturbed Profiles

2-13 4.27 6.4 8.54

.O'-cr

•05

(b)

u>

Figure 4.78’: Comparison of (a) mean longitudinal velocity and (b)longitudinal stress distributions of the near wake region with the undisturbed profiles

Page 274: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

INPUT

VOLT

S

>Eh-=>CLJ—=5

Figure

4„79:

Esti

mati

on

of re

atta

chme

nt

length

using

the

strain

gauge

and

diff

eren

tial

th

ermo

coup

le

tech

niqu

e

Page 275: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

0JIM +

0)

ii

CDC® rrU) o ■f II

J2

<D©05C<£CO>-

Figure

5.1:

Typi

cal

yaw

resp

onse

of

puls

ed-w

ire

prob

e

Page 276: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

3-

t

Figure 5 e2; Distribution of mean longitudinal velocity of blocks immersed in. rough wall boundary layer at x/h = 0.

Page 277: SEPARATED SHEAR LAYERS BEHIND TWO ...epubs.surrey.ac.uk/847302/1/10798323.pdf5.1 Backward Facing Step 5.1.1 General 5.1.2 Mean Surface Static Pressure 5.1.3 Mean Velocities and Reynolds

Case

► □

w

£

in

„ o

- in

xoorHCQHctfS0 •H CQaG)s•HQ1O5s«Ho